Finish rename from prior commit

48 files changed, 10738 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/libtdeedu/AUTHORS b/libtdeedu/AUTHORS
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac809ea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/AUTHORS
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+Developers:
+* Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org>
+  Original author and current maintainer
diff --git a/libtdeedu/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5eeda1f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+SUBDIRS = tdeeducore tdeeduui tdeeduplot extdate
+
+messages:
+	$(XGETTEXT) `find . -name \*.h -o -name \*.cpp -o -name \*.cc` -o $(podir)/libtdeedu.pot 
+
+include ../admin/Doxyfile.am
diff --git a/libtdeedu/README b/libtdeedu/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34f0fbed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/README
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+Contents of libtdeedu as of Jul 2005, and brief description of each module:
+
+extdate:
+Contains a reimplementation of QDate named ExtDate which eliminates the 
+limitation on the year (1752-8000) imposed by QDate.  Also contains 
+related reimplemented classes such as ExtDateTime, ExtDatePicker, 
+ExtDateTimeEdit, and ExtCalendarSystem.  
+Currently used by:  kstars.
+
+tdeeducore:
+Contains classes KEduVocData and KEduVocDataItem, for storing and parsing
+vocabulary data in a QDom object.
+Currently used by:  khangman, klatin
+
+tdeeduplot:
+Constains classes KPlotObject and KPlotWidget for easy plotting of 
+data points, including automatic generation of labeled axes with 
+"smart" tickmarks.
+Currently used by:  kalzium, kstars, ktouch
+
+tdeeduui:
+Contains:
+- KEduSimpleEntryDlg, a simple dialog for entering vocabulary data
+- Glossary, GlossaryItem and GLossaryDialog, which can be useful to embed a
+  small glossary in an application
+Currently used by:  kalzium, kstars
+
+ideas: stub directory, contains generic README and TODO files.
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f02c4924
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+check_PROGRAMS = test_extdate test_extdatepicker
+
+INCLUDES= $(all_includes)
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libextdate.la
+
+libextdate_la_SOURCES = extdatetime.cpp extcalendarsystem.cpp extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp extdatetbl.cpp extdatepicker.cpp extdatetimeedit.cpp extdatewidget.cpp
+
+libextdate_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2
+libextdate_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDEUI)
+
+test_extdate_SOURCES = test_extdate.cc
+test_extdate_LDADD = libextdate.la
+test_extdate_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) $(KDE_RPATH) $(LIB_QT) -lDCOP $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_TDEUI) -ltdefx $(LIB_KIO) -lktexteditor
+
+test_extdatepicker_SOURCES = testwidget.cpp main.cpp
+test_extdatepicker_LDADD = libextdate.la
+test_extdatepicker_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) $(KDE_RPATH) $(LIB_QT) -lDCOP $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_TDEUI) -ltdefx $(LIB_KIO) -lktexteditor
+
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/README b/libtdeedu/extdate/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc9b21b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/README
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+This libray consists of a group of classes which allow KDE 
+applications to access calendar dates outside of the limited range 
+of years imposed by QDate.
+
+The QDate class has a limited range of valid dates.  It does not 
+recognize dates prior to 14 Oct 1752 (when the Gregorian calendar 
+was adopted by England), nor dates after 31 Dec 8000.  Both of these 
+limits are arbitrary.
+
+
+The following classes are included:
+
+ExtDate:  Replaces QDate.  There is no restriction on what dates 
+may be entered.  For dates in the valid QDate range, it is 
+completely equivalent to QDate.
+
+ExtDateTime:  Replaces QDateTime.  Consists of a QTime object
+and an ExtDate object.
+
+ExtCalendarSystem:  Replaces KCalendarSystem.  Uses ExtDate instead
+of QDate.  ExtCalendarSystem is a baseclass foundation for several 
+different calendar systems.  A "calendar system" is just a method for
+hierarchically subdividing the long count of days known as the Julian 
+Day Calendar into groups (weeks, months, years).  
+
+ExtCalendarSystemGregorian:  Replaces KCalendarSystemGregorian.
+The most common calendar system in modern western societies is the 
+Gregorian calendar.  This class implements the Gregorian calendar 
+as a ExtCalendarSystem.
+
+ExtDateTable:  Replaces KDateTable.
+ExtDatePicker:  Replaces KDatePicker.
+ExtDateTimeEdit: Replaces QDateTimeEdit.
+ExtDateWidget:  Replaces KDateWidget.
+
+There are two test programs with the library, to verify the 
+functionality of the ExtDate classes:
+
+test_extdate tests the non-GUI functionality, comparing results of 
+several operations with the results from QDate.
+
+test_extdatepicker presents a KDatePicker widget and an ExtDatePicker
+widget side-by-side.
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..58960986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+	 This class has been derived from ExtCalendarSystem;
+	 the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects.
+	 These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+// Gregorian calendar system implementation factory for creation of kde calendar
+// systems.
+// Also default gregorian and factory classes
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+
+#include "extcalendarsystem.h"
+#include "klocale.h"
+
+class ExtCalendarSystemPrivate
+{
+public:
+  const KLocale * locale;
+};
+
+ExtCalendarSystem::ExtCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale)
+  : d(new ExtCalendarSystemPrivate)
+{
+  d->locale = locale;
+}
+
+ExtCalendarSystem::~ExtCalendarSystem()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+const KLocale * ExtCalendarSystem::locale() const
+{
+  if ( d->locale )
+    return d->locale;
+
+  return KGlobal::locale();
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystem::dayString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const
+{
+  TQString sResult;
+
+  sResult.setNum(day(pDate));
+  if (!bShort && sResult.length() == 1 )
+    sResult.prepend('0');
+
+  return sResult;
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystem::monthString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const
+{
+  TQString sResult;
+
+  sResult.setNum(month(pDate));
+  if (!bShort && sResult.length() == 1 )
+    sResult.prepend('0');
+
+  return sResult;
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystem::yearString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const
+{
+  TQString sResult;
+
+  sResult.setNum(year(pDate));
+  if (bShort && sResult.length() == 4 )
+    sResult = sResult.right(2);
+
+  return sResult;
+}
+
+static int stringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength)
+{
+  unsigned int iPos = 0;
+
+  int result = 0;
+  for (; sNum.length() > iPos && sNum.at(iPos).isDigit(); iPos++)
+    {
+      result *= 10;
+      result += sNum.at(iPos).digitValue();
+    }
+
+  iLength = iPos;
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+int ExtCalendarSystem::dayStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const
+{
+  return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength);
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystem::monthStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const
+{
+  return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength);
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystem::yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const
+{
+  return stringToInteger(sNum, iLength);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystem::weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName) const
+{
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( weekDay )
+      {
+      case 1:  return locale()->translate("Monday", "Mon");
+      case 2:  return locale()->translate("Tuesday", "Tue");
+      case 3:  return locale()->translate("Wednesday", "Wed");
+      case 4:  return locale()->translate("Thursday", "Thu");
+      case 5:  return locale()->translate("Friday", "Fri");
+      case 6:  return locale()->translate("Saturday", "Sat");
+      case 7:  return locale()->translate("Sunday", "Sun");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( weekDay )
+      {
+      case 1:  return locale()->translate("Monday");
+      case 2:  return locale()->translate("Tuesday");
+      case 3:  return locale()->translate("Wednesday");
+      case 4:  return locale()->translate("Thursday");
+      case 5:  return locale()->translate("Friday");
+      case 6:  return locale()->translate("Saturday");
+      case 7:  return locale()->translate("Sunday");
+      }
+
+  return TQString();
+}
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4607fc1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+	 This class has been derived from KCalendarSystem;
+	 the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects.
+	 These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef EXTCALENDARSYSTEM_H
+#define EXTCALENDARSYSTEM_H
+
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+
+class KLocale;
+
+class ExtCalendarSystemPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * CalendarSystem abstract class, default derived kde gregorian class and
+ * factory class. Provides support for different calendar types for kde
+ * calendar widget and related stuff.
+ *
+ * Derived classes must be created through ExtCalendarFactory class
+ *
+ * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @since 3.2
+ */
+class ExtCalendarSystem
+{
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructor of abstract calendar class. This will be called by the derived classes.
+   *
+   * @param locale It will use this locale for translations, 0 means global.
+   */
+  ExtCalendarSystem(const KLocale * locale = 0);
+
+  /**
+   * Descructor.
+   */
+  virtual ~ExtCalendarSystem();
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type year for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return year
+   */
+  virtual int year (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a date into a year literal
+   *
+   * @param pDate The date to convert
+   * @param bShort If the short version of should be used
+   * @return The year literal of the date
+   */
+  virtual TQString yearString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a year literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string
+   *
+   * @param sNum The string to parse
+   * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string
+   * @return An integer corresponding to the year
+   */
+  virtual int yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return month number
+   */
+  virtual int month (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a date into a month literal
+   *
+   * @param pDate The date to convert
+   * @param bShort If the short version of should be used
+   * @return The month literal of the date
+   */
+  virtual TQString monthString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a month literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string
+   *
+   * @param sNum The string to parse
+   * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string
+   * @return An integer corresponding to the month
+   */
+  virtual int monthStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type day number of month for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return day of the month
+   */
+  virtual int day (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a date into a day literal
+   *
+   * @param pDate The date to convert
+   * @param bShort If the short version of should be used
+   * @return The day literal of the date
+   */
+  virtual TQString dayString(const ExtDate & pDate, bool bShort) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Converts a day literal of a part of a string into a integer starting at the beginning of the string
+   *
+   * @param sNum The string to parse
+   * @param iLength The number of TQChars used, and 0 if no valid symbols was found in the string
+   * @return An integer corresponding to the day
+   */
+  virtual int dayStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of day of week number for a given
+   * date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return day of week
+   */
+  virtual int dayOfWeek (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type day number of year for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return day number
+   */
+  virtual int dayOfYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the date's year, month and day. The range of the year, month
+   * and day depends on which calendar is being used.
+   *
+   * @param date Date to change
+   * @param y Year
+   * @param m Month number
+   * @param d Day of month
+   * @return true if the date is valid; otherwise returns false.
+   */
+  virtual bool setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a TQDate object containing a date nyears later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param nyears The number of years to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual ExtDate addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a TQDate object containing a date nmonths later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param nmonths The number of months to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual ExtDate addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a TQDate object containing a date ndays later.
+   *
+   * @param date The old date
+   * @param ndays The number of days to add
+   * @return The new date
+   */
+  virtual ExtDate addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of month for a given year
+   *
+   * @param date The date whose year to use
+   * @return The number of months in that year
+   */
+  virtual int monthsInYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the number of days in date whose years specified.
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date equivalent to the specific one
+   * @return The number of days in year
+   */
+  virtual int daysInYear (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type number of days in month for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @return number of days for month in date
+   */
+  virtual int daysInMonth (const ExtDate & date) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the number of weeks in a specified year
+   *
+   * @param year the year
+   * @return number of weeks in year
+   */
+  virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week number for a given date
+   *
+   * @param date gregorian date
+   * @param yearNum The year the date belongs to
+   * @return week number
+   */
+  virtual int weekNumber(const ExtDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given month number
+   * If an invalid month is specified, TQString() is returned.
+   *
+   * @param month The month number
+   * @param year The year the month belongs to
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   * @return The name of the month
+   */
+  virtual TQString monthName (int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type month name for a given gregorian date
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   * @return The name of the month
+   */
+  virtual TQString monthName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name.
+   * ("of January", "of February", etc.)
+   * It's needed in long format dates in some languages.
+   * If an invalid month is specified, TQString() is returned.
+   *
+   * @param month The month number
+   * @param year The year the month belongs to
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   *
+   * @return The possessive form of the name of the month
+   */
+  virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Returns a string containing the possessive form of the month name.
+   * ("of January", "of February", etc.)
+   * It's needed in long format dates in some languages.
+   *
+   * @param date Gregorian date
+   * @param shortName Specifies if the short month name should be used
+   *
+   * @return The possessive form of the name of the month
+   */
+  virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week day name
+   * If an invalid week day is specified, TQString() is returned.
+   *
+   * @param weekDay number of day in week (1 -> Monday)
+   * @param shortName short or complete day name
+   * @return day name
+   */
+  virtual TQString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets specific calendar type week day name
+   *
+   * @param date the date
+   * @param shortName short or complete day name
+   * @return day name
+   */
+  virtual TQString weekDayName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the first year value supported by specific calendar type
+   * algorithms.
+   *
+   * @return first year supported
+   */
+  virtual int minValidYear () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the maximum year value supported by specific calendar type
+   * algorithms (TQDate, 8000)
+   *
+   * @return maximum year supported
+   */
+  virtual int maxValidYear () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the day of the week traditionaly associated with pray
+   *
+   * @return day number
+   */
+  virtual int weekDayOfPray () const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets the string representing the calendar
+   */
+  virtual TQString calendarName() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is lunar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is lunar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isLunar() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is lunisolar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is lunisolar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isLunisolar() const = 0;
+
+  /**
+   * Gets if the calendar is solar based
+   *
+   * @return if the calendar is solar based
+   */
+  virtual bool isSolar() const = 0;
+
+protected:
+  const KLocale * locale() const;
+
+private:
+  ExtCalendarSystemPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0b167ce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002-2003 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+	 This class has been derived from KCalendarSystemGregorian;
+	 the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects.
+	 These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+// Derived gregorian kde calendar class
+// Just a schema.
+
+
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(const KLocale * locale)
+  : ExtCalendarSystem(locale)
+{
+}
+
+ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::~ExtCalendarSystemGregorian()
+{
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::year(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.year();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthsInYear( const ExtDate & date ) const
+{
+  Q_UNUSED( date )
+
+  return 12;
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weeksInYear(int year) const
+{
+  ExtDate temp;
+  temp.setYMD(year, 12, 31);
+
+  // If the last day of the year is in the first week, we have to check the
+  // week before
+  if ( temp.weekNumber() == 1 )
+    temp = temp.addDays(-7);
+
+  return temp.weekNumber();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekNumber(const ExtDate& date,
+                                         int * yearNum) const
+{
+  return date.weekNumber(yearNum);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(const ExtDate& date,
+                                            bool shortName) const
+{
+  return monthName(month(date), year(date), shortName);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate& date, bool shortName) const
+{
+  return monthNamePossessive(month(date), year(date), shortName);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthName(int month, int year, bool shortName) const
+{
+  Q_UNUSED(year);
+
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("January", "Jan");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("February", "Feb");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("March", "Mar");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("April", "Apr");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("May short", "May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("June", "Jun");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("July", "Jul");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("August", "Aug");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("September", "Sep");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("October", "Oct");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("November", "Nov");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("December", "Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("January");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("February");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("March");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("April");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("May long", "May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("June");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("July");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("August");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("September");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("October");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("November");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("December");
+      }
+
+  return TQString();
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::monthNamePossessive(int month, int year,
+                                                      bool shortName) const
+{
+  Q_UNUSED(year);
+
+  if ( shortName )
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("of January", "of Jan");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("of February", "of Feb");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("of March", "of Mar");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("of April", "of Apr");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("of May short", "of May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("of June", "of Jun");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("of July", "of Jul");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("of August", "of Aug");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("of September", "of Sep");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("of October", "of Oct");
+      case 11:
+       return locale()->translate("of November", "of Nov");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("of December", "of Dec");
+      }
+  else
+    switch ( month )
+      {
+      case 1:
+        return locale()->translate("of January");
+      case 2:
+        return locale()->translate("of February");
+      case 3:
+        return locale()->translate("of March");
+      case 4:
+        return locale()->translate("of April");
+      case 5:
+        return locale()->translate("of May long", "of May");
+      case 6:
+        return locale()->translate("of June");
+      case 7:
+        return locale()->translate("of July");
+      case 8:
+        return locale()->translate("of August");
+      case 9:
+        return locale()->translate("of September");
+      case 10:
+        return locale()->translate("of October");
+      case 11:
+        return locale()->translate("of November");
+      case 12:
+        return locale()->translate("of December");
+      }
+
+  return TQString();
+}
+
+bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const
+{
+  // ExtDate supports gregorian internally
+  return date.setYMD(y, m, d);
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const
+{
+  return date.addYears(nyears);
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const
+{
+  return date.addMonths(nmonths);
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const
+{
+  return date.addDays(ndays);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(int col, bool shortName) const
+{
+  // ### Should this really be different to each calendar system? Or are we
+  //     only going to support weeks with 7 days?
+
+  return ExtCalendarSystem::weekDayName(col, shortName);
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayName(const ExtDate& date, bool shortName) const
+{
+  return weekDayName(dayOfWeek(date), shortName);
+}
+
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfWeek(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.dayOfWeek();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::dayOfYear(const ExtDate & date) const
+{
+  return date.dayOfYear();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInMonth(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.daysInMonth();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::minValidYear() const
+{
+  return -50000;
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::maxValidYear() const
+{
+  return 50000;
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::day(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.day();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::month(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.month();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::daysInYear(const ExtDate& date) const
+{
+  return date.daysInYear();
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::weekDayOfPray() const
+{
+  return 7; // sunday
+}
+
+TQString ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::calendarName() const
+{
+  return TQString::tqfromLatin1("gregorian");
+}
+
+bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunar() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isLunisolar() const
+{
+  return false;
+}
+
+bool ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::isSolar() const
+{
+  return true;
+}
+
+int ExtCalendarSystemGregorian::yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const
+{
+  int iYear;
+  iYear = ExtCalendarSystem::yearStringToInteger(sNum, iLength);
+
+  // TQt treats a year in the range 0-100 as 1900-1999.
+  // It is nicer for the user if we treat 0-68 as 2000-2068
+  if (iYear < 69)
+    iYear += 2000;
+  else if (iYear < 100)
+    iYear += 1900;
+
+  return iYear;
+}
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6d1035c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extcalendarsystemgregorian.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+   Copyright (c) 2002 Hans Petter Bieker <bieker@kde.org>
+   Copyright (c) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+	 This class has been derived from KCalendarSystemGregorian;
+	 the changesd made just replace TQDate objects with ExtDate objects.
+	 These changes by Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef EXTCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H
+#define EXTCALENDARSYSTEMGREGORIAN_H
+
+
+#include "extcalendarsystem.h"
+
+class ExtCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate;
+
+/**
+ * @internal
+ * This is the Gregorian calendar implementation.
+ *
+ * The Gregorian calender is the most used calendar today. The first year in
+ * the calendar is set to the birth of Christ.
+ *
+ * @see KLocale,ExtCalendarSystem,ExtCalendarSystemFactory
+ *
+ * @author Carlos Moro <cfmoro@correo.uniovi.es>
+ * @license GNU-GPL v.2
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @since 3.2
+ */
+class ExtCalendarSystemGregorian: public ExtCalendarSystem
+{
+public:
+  ExtCalendarSystemGregorian (const KLocale * locale = 0);
+  virtual ~ExtCalendarSystemGregorian ();
+
+  virtual int year (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int month (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int day (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int dayOfWeek (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int dayOfYear (const ExtDate & date) const;
+
+  virtual bool setYMD(ExtDate & date, int y, int m, int d) const;
+
+  virtual ExtDate addYears(const ExtDate & date, int nyears) const;
+  virtual ExtDate addMonths(const ExtDate & date, int nmonths) const;
+  virtual ExtDate addDays(const ExtDate & date, int ndays) const;
+
+  virtual int monthsInYear (const ExtDate & date) const;
+
+  virtual int daysInYear (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int daysInMonth (const ExtDate & date) const;
+  virtual int weeksInYear(int year) const;
+  virtual int weekNumber(const ExtDate& date, int * yearNum = 0) const;
+
+  virtual int yearStringToInteger(const TQString & sNum, int & iLength) const;
+
+  virtual TQString monthName (int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual TQString monthName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const;
+  virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(int month, int year, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual TQString monthNamePossessive(const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false ) const;
+  virtual TQString weekDayName (int weekDay, bool shortName = false) const;
+  virtual TQString weekDayName (const ExtDate & date, bool shortName = false) const;
+
+  virtual int minValidYear () const;
+  virtual int maxValidYear () const;
+  virtual int weekDayOfPray () const;
+
+  virtual TQString calendarName() const;
+
+  virtual bool isLunar() const;
+  virtual bool isLunisolar() const;
+  virtual bool isSolar() const;
+
+private:
+  ExtCalendarSystemGregorianPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b267d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+              (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#include <tqlayout.h>
+#include <tqstyle.h>
+#include <tqtoolbutton.h>
+#include <tqtooltip.h>
+#include <tqpopupmenu.h>
+
+#include <kdialog.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <ktoolbar.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+
+#include "extdatepicker.h"
+#include "extdatetbl.h"
+#include "extdatepicker.moc"
+
+// Week numbers are defined by ISO 8601
+// See http://www.merlyn.demon.co.uk/weekinfo.htm for details
+
+class ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePickerPrivate
+{
+public:
+    ExtDatePickerPrivate() : closeButton(0L), selectWeek(0L), todayButton(0),
+      navigationLayout(0), calendar(0) {}
+
+    void fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date);
+
+    TQToolButton *closeButton;
+    TQComboBox *selectWeek;
+    TQToolButton *todayButton;
+    TQBoxLayout *navigationLayout;
+    ExtCalendarSystem *calendar;
+};
+
+void ExtDatePicker::fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date)
+{
+  // every year can have a different number of weeks
+
+//must remain commented unless ExtDate stuff gets added to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  // it could be that we had 53,1..52 and now 1..53 which is the same number but different
+  // so always fill with new values
+
+  d->selectWeek->clear();
+
+  // We show all week numbers for all weeks between first day of year to last day of year
+  // This of course can be a list like 53,1,2..52
+
+  ExtDate day(date.year(), 1, 1);
+  int lastMonth = d->calendar->monthsInYear(day);
+  ExtDate lastDay(date.year(), lastMonth, d->calendar->daysInMonth(ExtDate(date.year(), lastMonth, 1)));
+
+  for (; day <= lastDay; day = d->calendar->addDays(day, 7 /*calendar->daysOfWeek()*/) )
+  {
+    int year = 0;
+    TQString week = i18n("Week %1").tqarg(d->calendar->weekNumber(day, &year));
+    if ( year != date.year() ) week += "*";  // show that this is a week from a different year
+    d->selectWeek->insertItem(week);
+  }
+}
+
+ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate dt, const char *name)
+  : TQFrame(parent,name)
+{
+  init( dt );
+}
+
+ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate dt, const char *name, WFlags f)
+  : TQFrame(parent,name, f)
+{
+  init( dt );
+}
+
+ExtDatePicker::ExtDatePicker( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : TQFrame(parent,name)
+{
+  init( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate() );
+}
+
+void ExtDatePicker::init( const ExtDate &dt )
+{
+  d = new ExtDatePickerPrivate();
+
+  d->calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian();
+
+  TQBoxLayout * topLayout = new TQVBoxLayout(this);
+
+  d->navigationLayout = new TQHBoxLayout(topLayout);
+  d->navigationLayout->addStretch();
+  yearBackward = new TQToolButton(this);
+  yearBackward->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(yearBackward);
+  monthBackward = new TQToolButton(this);
+  monthBackward ->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(monthBackward);
+  d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
+
+  selectMonth = new TQToolButton(this);
+  selectMonth ->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(selectMonth);
+  selectYear = new TQToolButton(this);
+  selectYear->setToggleButton(true);
+  selectYear->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(selectYear);
+  d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
+
+  monthForward = new TQToolButton(this);
+  monthForward ->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(monthForward);
+  yearForward = new TQToolButton(this);
+  yearForward ->setAutoRaise(true);
+  d->navigationLayout->addWidget(yearForward);
+  d->navigationLayout->addStretch();
+
+  line = new KLineEdit(this);
+  val = new ExtDateValidator(this);
+  table = new ExtDateTable(this);
+  fontsize = KGlobalSettings::generalFont().pointSize();
+  if (fontsize == -1)
+     fontsize = TQFontInfo(KGlobalSettings::generalFont()).pointSize();
+
+  fontsize++; // Make a little bigger
+
+  d->selectWeek = new TQComboBox(false, this);  // read only week selection
+  d->todayButton = new TQToolButton(this);
+  d->todayButton->setIconSet(SmallIconSet("today"));
+
+  TQToolTip::add(yearForward, i18n("Next year"));
+  TQToolTip::add(yearBackward, i18n("Previous year"));
+  TQToolTip::add(monthForward, i18n("Next month"));
+  TQToolTip::add(monthBackward, i18n("Previous month"));
+  TQToolTip::add(d->selectWeek, i18n("Select a week"));
+  TQToolTip::add(selectMonth, i18n("Select a month"));
+  TQToolTip::add(selectYear, i18n("Select a year"));
+  TQToolTip::add(d->todayButton, i18n("Select the current day"));
+
+  // -----
+  setFontSize(fontsize);
+  line->setValidator(val);
+  line->installEventFilter( this );
+  line->setReadOnly( true );
+
+  if (  TQApplication::reverseLayout() )
+  {
+      yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2leftarrow")));
+      yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2rightarrow")));
+      monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1leftarrow")));
+      monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1rightarrow")));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      yearForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2rightarrow")));
+      yearBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("2leftarrow")));
+      monthForward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1rightarrow")));
+      monthBackward->setIconSet(BarIconSet(TQString::tqfromLatin1("1leftarrow")));
+  }
+  connect(table, TQT_SIGNAL(dateChanged(const ExtDate&)), TQT_SLOT(dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate&)));
+  connect(table, TQT_SIGNAL(tableClicked()), TQT_SLOT(tableClickedSlot()));
+  connect(monthForward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(monthForwardClicked()));
+  connect(monthBackward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(monthBackwardClicked()));
+  connect(yearForward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(yearForwardClicked()));
+  connect(yearBackward, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(yearBackwardClicked()));
+  connect(d->selectWeek, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), TQT_SLOT(weekSelected(int)));
+  connect(d->todayButton, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(todayButtonClicked()));
+  connect(selectMonth, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQT_SLOT(selectMonthClicked()));
+  connect(selectYear, TQT_SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), TQT_SLOT(selectYearClicked()));
+  connect(line, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(lineEnterPressed()));
+  table->setFocus();
+
+
+  topLayout->addWidget(table);
+
+  TQBoxLayout * bottomLayout = new TQHBoxLayout(topLayout);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(d->todayButton);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(line);
+  bottomLayout->addWidget(d->selectWeek);
+
+  table->setDate(dt);
+  dateChangedSlot(dt);  // needed because table emits changed only when newDate != oldDate
+}
+
+ExtDatePicker::~ExtDatePicker()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+bool
+ExtDatePicker::eventFilter(TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
+{
+   if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
+      TQKeyEvent *k = (TQKeyEvent *)e;
+
+      if ( (k->key() == TQt::Key_Prior) ||
+           (k->key() == TQt::Key_Next)  ||
+           (k->key() == TQt::Key_Up)    ||
+           (k->key() == TQt::Key_Down) )
+       {
+          TQApplication::sendEvent( table, e );
+          table->setFocus();
+          return true; // eat event
+       }
+   }
+   return TQFrame::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent* e)
+{
+  TQWidget::resizeEvent(e);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate &date)
+{
+    kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::dateChangedSlot: date changed (" << date.year() << "/" << date.month() << "/" << date.day() << ")." << endl;
+
+
+//must remain commented unless ExtDate gets added to tdelibs
+//    const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+//    line->setText(KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(date, true));
+		line->setText( date.toString( KGlobal::locale()->dateFormatShort() ) );
+    selectMonth->setText(d->calendar->monthName(date, false));
+    fillWeeksCombo(date);
+
+    // calculate the item num in the week combo box; normalize selected day so as if 1.1. is the first day of the week
+    ExtDate firstDay(date.year(), 1, 1);
+    d->selectWeek->setCurrentItem((d->calendar->dayOfYear(date) + d->calendar->dayOfWeek(firstDay) - 2) / 7/*calendar->daysInWeek()*/);
+
+    selectYear->setText(d->calendar->yearString(date, false));
+
+    emit(dateChanged(date));
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::tableClickedSlot()
+{
+  kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::tableClickedSlot: table clicked." << endl;
+  emit(dateSelected(table->getDate()));
+  emit(tableClicked());
+}
+
+const ExtDate&
+ExtDatePicker::getDate() const
+{
+  return table->getDate();
+}
+
+const ExtDate &
+ExtDatePicker::date() const
+{
+    return table->getDate();
+}
+
+bool
+ExtDatePicker::setDate(const ExtDate& date)
+{
+    if(date.isValid())
+    {
+        table->setDate(date);  // this also emits dateChanged() which then calls our dateChangedSlot()
+        return true;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::monthForwardClicked()
+{
+    ExtDate temp;
+//    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 );
+    temp = d->calendar->addMonths( table->getDate(), 1 );
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::monthBackwardClicked()
+{
+    ExtDate temp;
+//    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 );
+    temp = d->calendar->addMonths( table->getDate(), -1 );
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::yearForwardClicked()
+{
+    ExtDate temp;
+//    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 );
+    temp = d->calendar->addYears( table->getDate(), 1 );
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::yearBackwardClicked()
+{
+    ExtDate temp;
+//    temp = KGlobal::locale()->calendar()->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 );
+    temp = d->calendar->addYears( table->getDate(), -1 );
+    setDate( temp );
+}
+
+void ExtDatePicker::selectWeekClicked() {}  // ### in 3.2 obsolete; kept for binary compatibility
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::weekSelected(int week)
+{
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  ExtDate date = table->getDate();
+  int year = d->calendar->year(date);
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1);  // first day of selected year
+
+  // calculate the first day in the selected week (day 1 is first day of week)
+  date = d->calendar->addDays(date, week * 7/*calendar->daysOfWeek()*/ -d->calendar->dayOfWeek(date) + 1);
+
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::selectMonthClicked()
+{
+  // every year can have different month names (in some calendar systems)
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+  ExtDate date = table->getDate();
+  int i, month, months = d->calendar->monthsInYear(date);
+
+  TQPopupMenu popup(selectMonth);
+
+  for (i = 1; i <= months; i++)
+    popup.insertItem(d->calendar->monthName(i, d->calendar->year(date)), i);
+
+  popup.setActiveItem(d->calendar->month(date) - 1);
+
+  if ( (month = popup.exec(selectMonth->mapToGlobal(TQPoint(0, 0)), d->calendar->month(date) - 1)) == -1 ) return;  // canceled
+
+  int day = d->calendar->day(date);
+  // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
+  //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, 1);
+  //date.setYMD(date.year(), month, TQMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, d->calendar->year(date), month,
+                   TQMIN(day, d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
+  // ----- set this month
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::selectYearClicked()
+{
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  if (selectYear->state() == TQButton::Off)
+  {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  int year;
+  KPopupFrame* popup = new KPopupFrame(this);
+  ExtDateInternalYearSelector* picker = new ExtDateInternalYearSelector(popup);
+  // -----
+  picker->resize(picker->tqsizeHint());
+  popup->setMainWidget(picker);
+  connect(picker, TQT_SIGNAL(closeMe(int)), popup, TQT_SLOT(close(int)));
+  picker->setFocus();
+  if(popup->exec(selectYear->mapToGlobal(TQPoint(0, selectMonth->height()))))
+    {
+      ExtDate date;
+      int day;
+      // -----
+      year=picker->getYear();
+      date=table->getDate();
+      day=d->calendar->day(date);
+      // ----- construct a valid date in this month:
+      //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), 1);
+      //date.setYMD(year, date.month(), TQMIN(day, date.daysInMonth()));
+      d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, d->calendar->month(date),
+                       TQMIN(day, d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)));
+      // ----- set this month
+      setDate(date);
+    } else {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+    }
+  delete popup;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+  TQWidget *widgets[]= {
+    yearForward, yearBackward, monthForward, monthBackward,
+    selectMonth, selectYear,
+    line, table, d->selectWeek, d->todayButton };
+  const int Size=sizeof(widgets)/sizeof(widgets[0]);
+  int count;
+  // -----
+  for(count=0; count<Size; ++count)
+    {
+      widgets[count]->setEnabled(enable);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed()
+{
+  ExtDate temp;
+  // -----
+  if(val->date(line->text(), temp)==TQValidator::Acceptable)
+    {
+        kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: valid date entered." << endl;
+        emit(dateEntered(temp));
+        setDate(temp);
+    } else {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      kdDebug(298) << "ExtDatePicker::lineEnterPressed: invalid date entered." << endl;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::todayButtonClicked()
+{
+  setDate(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate());
+}
+
+TQSize
+ExtDatePicker::tqsizeHint() const
+{
+  return TQWidget::tqsizeHint();
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::setFontSize(int s)
+{
+  TQWidget *buttons[]= {
+    // yearBackward,
+    // monthBackward,
+    selectMonth,
+    selectYear,
+    // monthForward,
+    // yearForward
+  };
+  const int NoOfButtons=sizeof(buttons)/sizeof(buttons[0]);
+  int count;
+  TQFont font;
+  TQRect r;
+  // -----
+  fontsize=s;
+  for(count=0; count<NoOfButtons; ++count)
+    {
+      font=buttons[count]->font();
+      font.setPointSize(s);
+      buttons[count]->setFont(font);
+    }
+  TQFontMetrics metrics(selectMonth->fontMetrics());
+
+  for (int i = 1; ; ++i)
+    {
+      TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i,
+         d->calendar->year(table->getDate()), false);
+      if (str.isNull()) break;
+      r=metrics.boundingRect(str);
+      maxMonthRect.setWidth(TQMAX(r.width(), maxMonthRect.width()));
+      maxMonthRect.setHeight(TQMAX(r.height(),  maxMonthRect.height()));
+    }
+
+  TQSize metricBound = tqstyle().tqsizeFromContents(TQStyle::CT_ToolButton,
+                                               selectMonth,
+                                               maxMonthRect);
+  selectMonth->setMinimumSize(metricBound);
+
+  table->setFontSize(s);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDatePicker::setCloseButton( bool enable )
+{
+    if ( enable == (d->closeButton != 0L) )
+        return;
+
+    if ( enable ) {
+        d->closeButton = new TQToolButton( this );
+        d->closeButton->setAutoRaise(true);
+        d->navigationLayout->addSpacing(KDialog::spacingHint());
+        d->navigationLayout->addWidget(d->closeButton);
+        TQToolTip::add(d->closeButton, i18n("Close"));
+        d->closeButton->setPixmap( SmallIcon("remove") );
+        connect( d->closeButton, TQT_SIGNAL( clicked() ),
+                 tqtopLevelWidget(), TQT_SLOT( close() ) );
+    }
+    else {
+        delete d->closeButton;
+        d->closeButton = 0L;
+    }
+
+    updateGeometry();
+}
+
+bool ExtDatePicker::hasCloseButton() const
+{
+    return (d->closeButton != 0L);
+}
+
+void ExtDatePicker::virtual_hook( int /*id*/, void* /*data*/ )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..794ccea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatepicker.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+              (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef EXTDATEPICKER_H
+#define EXTDATEPICKER_H
+
+
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+
+class KLineEdit;
+class TQToolButton;
+class ExtDateValidator;
+class ExtDateTable;
+
+/**
+ * Provides a widget for calendar date input.
+ *
+ *     Different from the
+ *     previous versions, it now emits two types of signals, either
+ * dateSelected() or dateEntered() (see documentation for both
+ *     signals).
+ *
+ *     A line edit has been added in the newer versions to allow the user
+ *     to select a date directly by entering numbers like 19990101
+ *     or 990101.
+ *
+ * \image html kdatepicker.png "KDE Date Widget"
+ *
+ *     @version $Id$
+ *     @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ *
+ * @short A date selection widget.
+ **/
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDatePicker: public TQFrame
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+//  TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate)
+  TQ_PROPERTY( bool closeButton READ hasCloseButton WRITE setCloseButton )
+  TQ_PROPERTY( int fontSize READ fontSize WRITE setFontSize )
+
+public:
+  /** The usual constructor.  The given date will be displayed
+   * initially.
+   **/
+  ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent=0,
+	      ExtDate=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(),
+	      const char *name=0);
+
+  /** The usual constructor.  The given date will be displayed
+   * initially.
+   * @since 3.1
+   **/
+  ExtDatePicker(TQWidget *parent,
+	      ExtDate,
+	      const char *name,
+	      WFlags f); // ### KDE 4.0: Merge
+
+  /**
+   * Standard qt widget constructor. The initial date will be the
+   * current date.
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  ExtDatePicker( TQWidget *parent, const char *name );
+
+  /**
+   * The destructor.
+   **/
+  virtual ~ExtDatePicker();
+
+  /** The size hint for date pickers. The size hint recommends the
+   *   minimum size of the widget so that all elements may be placed
+   *  without clipping. This sometimes looks ugly, so when using the
+   *  size hint, try adding 28 to each of the reported numbers of
+   *  pixels.
+   **/
+  TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the date.
+   *
+   *  @returns @p false and does not change anything
+   *      if the date given is invalid.
+   **/
+  bool setDate(const ExtDate&);
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the selected date.
+   * @deprecated
+   **/
+  const ExtDate& getDate() const KDE_DEPRECATED;
+
+  /**
+   * @returns the selected date.
+   */
+  const ExtDate &date() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Enables or disables the widget.
+   **/
+  void setEnabled(bool);
+
+  /**
+   * @returns the ExtDateTable widget child of this ExtDatePicker
+   * widget.
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  ExtDateTable *dateTable() const { return table; }
+
+  /**
+   * Sets the font size of the widgets elements.
+   **/
+  void setFontSize(int);
+  /**
+   * Returns the font size of the widget elements.
+   */
+  int fontSize() const
+    { return fontsize; }
+
+  /**
+   * By calling this method with @p enable = true, ExtDatePicker will show
+   * a little close-button in the upper button-row. Clicking the
+   * close-button will cause the ExtDatePicker's tqtopLevelWidget()'s close()
+   * method being called. This is mostly useful for toplevel datepickers
+   * without a window manager decoration.
+   * @see hasCloseButton
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void setCloseButton( bool enable );
+
+  /**
+   * @returns true if a ExtDatePicker shows a close-button.
+   * @see setCloseButton
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  bool hasCloseButton() const;
+
+protected:
+  /// to catch move keyEvents when TQLineEdit has keyFocus
+  virtual bool eventFilter(TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );
+  /// the resize event
+  virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
+  /// the year forward button
+  TQToolButton *yearForward;
+  /// the year backward button
+  TQToolButton *yearBackward;
+  /// the month forward button
+  TQToolButton *monthForward;
+  /// the month backward button
+  TQToolButton *monthBackward;
+  /// the button for selecting the month directly
+  TQToolButton *selectMonth;
+  /// the button for selecting the year directly
+  TQToolButton *selectYear;
+  /// the line edit to enter the date directly
+  KLineEdit *line;
+  /// the validator for the line edit:
+  ExtDateValidator *val;
+  /// the date table
+  ExtDateTable *table;
+  /// the size calculated during resize events
+    //  TQSize sizehint;
+  /// the widest month string in pixels:
+  TQSize maxMonthRect;
+protected slots:
+  void dateChangedSlot(const ExtDate&);
+  void tableClickedSlot();
+  void monthForwardClicked();
+  void monthBackwardClicked();
+  void yearForwardClicked();
+  void yearBackwardClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   * @deprecated in 3.2
+   */
+  void selectWeekClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void selectMonthClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void selectYearClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.1
+   */
+  void lineEnterPressed();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  void todayButtonClicked();
+  /**
+   * @since 3.2
+   */
+  void weekSelected(int);
+
+signals:
+  /** This signal is emitted each time the selected date is changed.
+   *  Usually, this does not mean that the date has been entered,
+   *  since the date also changes, for example, when another month is
+   *  selected.
+   *  @see dateSelected
+   */
+  void dateChanged(const ExtDate&);
+  /** This signal is emitted each time a day has been selected by
+   *  clicking on the table (hitting a day in the current month). It
+   *  has the same meaning as dateSelected() in older versions of
+   *  ExtDatePicker.
+   */
+  void dateSelected(const ExtDate&);
+  /** This signal is emitted when enter is pressed and a VALID date
+   *  has been entered before into the line edit. Connect to both
+   *  dateEntered() and dateSelected() to receive all events where the
+   *  user really enters a date.
+   */
+  void dateEntered(const ExtDate&);
+  /** This signal is emitted when the day has been selected by
+   *  clicking on it in the table.
+   */
+  void tableClicked();
+
+private:
+  /// the font size for the widget
+  int fontsize;
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  void init( const ExtDate &dt );
+  void fillWeeksCombo(const ExtDate &date);
+  class ExtDatePickerPrivate;
+  ExtDatePickerPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif //  EXTDATEPICKER_H
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..55458417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+              (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    These classes has been derived from those in kdatetbl.[h|cpp].
+    The only differences are adaptations to use ExtDate instead of TQDate,
+    to allow for more remote dates.  These changes by Jason Harris.
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+/////////////////// ExtDateTable widget class //////////////////////
+//
+// Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman
+//           (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm
+// Written using TQt (http://www.troll.no) for the
+// KDE project (http://www.kde.org)
+//
+// Modified to use ExtDate by Jason Harris, 2004
+//
+// This is a support class for the ExtDatePicker class.  It just
+// draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
+// be used as a standalone.
+//
+// When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
+//      dateSelected(ExtDate)
+
+//#include "extdatepicker.h"
+#include "extdatetbl.h"
+
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <knotifyclient.h>
+#include "kpopupmenu.h"
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <tqdict.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+class ExtDateTable::ExtDateTablePrivate
+{
+public:
+   ExtDateTablePrivate()
+   {
+      popupMenuEnabled=false;
+      useCustomColors=false;
+      calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian();
+
+   }
+
+   ~ExtDateTablePrivate()
+   {
+      delete calendar;
+   }
+
+   bool popupMenuEnabled;
+   bool useCustomColors;
+
+   struct DatePaintingMode
+   {
+     TQColor fgColor;
+     TQColor bgColor;
+     BackgroundMode bgMode;
+   };
+   TQDict <DatePaintingMode> customPaintingModes;
+   ExtCalendarSystem *calendar;
+};
+
+
+ExtDateValidator::ExtDateValidator(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
+    : TQValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(parent), name)
+{
+}
+
+TQValidator::State
+ExtDateValidator::validate(TQString& text, int&) const
+{
+  ExtDate temp;
+  // ----- everything is tested in date():
+  return date(text, temp);
+}
+
+TQValidator::State
+ExtDateValidator::date(const TQString& text, ExtDate& ed) const
+{
+	//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is adopted by KDE
+	//ExtDate tmp = KGlobal::locale()->readDate(text);
+  ExtDate tmp = ExtDate::fromString( text );
+
+  if (!tmp.isNull())
+    {
+      ed = tmp;
+      return Acceptable;
+    } else
+      return Valid;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateValidator::fixup( TQString& ) const
+{
+
+}
+
+ExtDateTable::ExtDateTable(TQWidget *parent, ExtDate date_, const char* name, WFlags f)
+  : TQGridView(parent, name, f)
+{
+  d = new ExtDateTablePrivate;
+  setFontSize(10);
+  if(!date_.isValid())
+    {
+      kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable ctor: WARNING: Given date is invalid, using current date." << endl;
+      date_=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate();
+    }
+  setFocusPolicy( TQ_StrongFocus );
+  setNumRows(7); // 6 weeks max + headline
+  setNumCols(7); // 7 days a week
+  setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  viewport()->setEraseColor(KGlobalSettings::baseColor());
+  setDate(date_); // this initializes firstday, numdays, numDaysPrevMonth
+}
+
+ExtDateTable::~ExtDateTable()
+{
+  delete d;
+}
+
+int ExtDateTable::posFromDate( const ExtDate &dt )
+{
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+//  const int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay();
+
+  const int firstWeekDay = 7;
+
+  int pos = d->calendar->day( dt );
+  int offset = (firstday - firstWeekDay + 7) % 7;
+  // make sure at least one day of the previous month is visible.
+  // adjust this <1 if more days should be forced visible:
+  if ( offset < 1 ) offset += 7;
+  return pos + offset;
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDateTable::dateFromPos( int pos )
+{
+  ExtDate pCellDate;
+
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+//  int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay();
+  const int firstWeekDay = 7;
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(pCellDate, d->calendar->year(date), d->calendar->month(date), 1);
+
+  int offset = (firstday - firstWeekDay + 7) % 7;
+  // make sure at least one day of the previous month is visible.
+  // adjust this <1 if more days should be forced visible:
+  if ( offset < 1 ) offset += 7;
+  pCellDate = d->calendar->addDays( pCellDate, pos - offset );
+
+  return pCellDate;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::paintCell(TQPainter *painter, int row, int col)
+{
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+//  int firstWeekDay = KGlobal::locale()->weekStartDay();
+  const int firstWeekDay = 7;
+
+  TQRect rect;
+  TQString text;
+  TQPen pen;
+  int w=cellWidth();
+  int h=cellHeight();
+  TQFont font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  // -----
+
+  if(row==0)
+    { // we are drawing the headline
+      font.setBold(true);
+      painter->setFont(font);
+      bool normalday = true;
+      int daynum = ( col+firstWeekDay < 8 ) ? col+firstWeekDay :
+                                              col+firstWeekDay-7;
+      if ( daynum == d->calendar->weekDayOfPray() ||
+         ( daynum == 6 && d->calendar->calendarName() == "gregorian" ) )
+          normalday=false;
+
+			TQBrush brushTitle();
+ 			TQBrush brushInvertTitle(tqcolorGroup().base());
+			TQColor titleColor(isEnabled()?( KGlobalSettings::activeTitleColor() ):( KGlobalSettings::inactiveTitleColor() ) );
+			TQColor textColor(isEnabled()?( KGlobalSettings::activeTextColor() ):( KGlobalSettings::inactiveTextColor() ) );
+      if (!normalday)
+        {
+          painter->setPen(textColor);
+          painter->setBrush(textColor);
+          painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+          painter->setPen(titleColor);
+        } else {
+          painter->setPen(titleColor);
+          painter->setBrush(titleColor);
+          painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+          painter->setPen(textColor);
+        }
+      painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h-1, AlignCenter,
+                        d->calendar->weekDayName(daynum, true), -1, &rect);
+      painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text());
+      painter->moveTo(0, h-1);
+      painter->lineTo(w-1, h-1);
+      // ----- draw the weekday:
+    } else {
+      bool paintRect=true;
+      painter->setFont(font);
+      int pos=7*(row-1)+col;
+
+      ExtDate pCellDate = dateFromPos( pos );
+      // First day of month
+      text = d->calendar->dayString(pCellDate, true);
+      if( d->calendar->month(pCellDate) != d->calendar->month(date) )
+        { // we are either
+          // � painting a day of the previous month or
+          // � painting a day of the following month
+          // TODO: don't hardcode gray here! Use a color with less contrast to the background than normal text.
+          painter->setPen( tqcolorGroup().mid() );
+//          painter->setPen(gray);
+        } else { // paint a day of the current month
+          if ( d->useCustomColors )
+          {
+            ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode *mode=d->customPaintingModes[pCellDate.toString()];
+            if (mode)
+            {
+              if (mode->bgMode != NoBgMode)
+              {
+                TQBrush oldbrush=painter->brush();
+                painter->setBrush( mode->bgColor );
+                switch(mode->bgMode)
+                {
+                  case(CircleMode) : painter->drawEllipse(0,0,w,h);break;
+                  case(RectangleMode) : painter->drawRect(0,0,w,h);break;
+                  case(NoBgMode) : // Should never be here, but just to get one
+                                   // less warning when compiling
+                  default: break;
+                }
+                painter->setBrush( oldbrush );
+                paintRect=false;
+              }
+              painter->setPen( mode->fgColor );
+            } else
+              painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text());
+          } else //if ( firstWeekDay < 4 ) // <- this doesn' make sense at all!
+          painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text());
+        }
+
+      pen=painter->pen();
+      int offset=firstday-firstWeekDay;
+      if(offset<1)
+        offset+=7;
+      int dy = d->calendar->day(date);
+      if( ((offset+dy) == (pos+1)) && hasFocus())
+        {
+           // draw the currently selected date
+           painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().highlight());
+           painter->setBrush(tqcolorGroup().highlight());
+           pen=TQPen(tqcolorGroup().highlightedText());
+        } else {
+          painter->setBrush(paletteBackgroundColor());
+          painter->setPen(paletteBackgroundColor());
+//          painter->setBrush(tqcolorGroup().base());
+//          painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().base());
+        }
+
+      if ( pCellDate == ExtDate::tqcurrentDate() )
+      {
+         painter->setPen(tqcolorGroup().text());
+      }
+
+      if ( paintRect ) painter->drawRect(0, 0, w, h);
+      painter->setPen(pen);
+      painter->drawText(0, 0, w, h, AlignCenter, text, -1, &rect);
+    }
+  if(rect.width()>maxCell.width()) maxCell.setWidth(rect.width());
+  if(rect.height()>maxCell.height()) maxCell.setHeight(rect.height());
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e )
+{
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//    const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+    ExtDate temp = date;
+
+    switch( e->key() ) {
+    case Key_Prior:
+        temp = d->calendar->addMonths( date, -1 );
+        setDate(temp);
+        return;
+    case Key_Next:
+        temp = d->calendar->addMonths( date, 1 );
+        setDate(temp);
+        return;
+    case Key_Up:
+        if ( d->calendar->day(date) > 7 ) {
+            setDate(date.addDays(-7));
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+    case Key_Down:
+        if ( d->calendar->day(date) <= d->calendar->daysInMonth(date)-7 ) {
+            setDate(date.addDays(7));
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+    case Key_Left:
+        if ( d->calendar->day(date) > 1 ) {
+            setDate(date.addDays(-1));
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+    case Key_Right:
+        if ( d->calendar->day(date) < d->calendar->daysInMonth(date) ) {
+            setDate(date.addDays(1));
+            return;
+        }
+        break;
+    case Key_Minus:
+        setDate(date.addDays(-1));
+        return;
+    case Key_Plus:
+        setDate(date.addDays(1));
+        return;
+    case Key_N:
+        setDate(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate());
+        return;
+    case Key_Return:
+    case Key_Enter:
+        emit tableClicked();
+        return;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+
+    KNotifyClient::beep();
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent * e)
+{
+  TQGridView::viewportResizeEvent(e);
+
+  setCellWidth(viewport()->width()/7);
+  setCellHeight(viewport()->height()/7);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::setFontSize(int size)
+{
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment unless ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  int count;
+  TQFontMetrics metrics(fontMetrics());
+  TQRect rect;
+  // ----- store rectangles:
+  fontsize=size;
+  // ----- find largest day name:
+  maxCell.setWidth(0);
+  maxCell.setHeight(0);
+  for(count=0; count<7; ++count)
+    {
+      rect=metrics.boundingRect(d->calendar->weekDayName(count+1, true));
+      maxCell.setWidth(TQMAX(maxCell.width(), rect.width()));
+      maxCell.setHeight(TQMAX(maxCell.height(), rect.height()));
+    }
+  // ----- compare with a real wide number and add some space:
+  rect=metrics.boundingRect(TQString::tqfromLatin1("88"));
+  maxCell.setWidth(TQMAX(maxCell.width()+2, rect.width()));
+  maxCell.setHeight(TQMAX(maxCell.height()+4, rect.height()));
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::wheelEvent ( TQWheelEvent * e )
+{
+    setDate(date.addMonths( -(int)(e->delta()/120)) );
+    e->accept();
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateTable::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e)
+{
+
+  if(e->type()!=TQEvent::MouseButtonPress)
+    { // the ExtDatePicker only reacts on mouse press events:
+      return;
+    }
+  if(!isEnabled())
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+
+  // -----
+  int row, col, pos, temp;
+  TQPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+  if(row<1 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      return;
+    }
+
+  // Rows and columns are zero indexed.  The (row - 1) below is to avoid counting
+  // the row with the days of the week in the calculation.
+
+  // old selected date:
+  temp = posFromDate( date );
+  // new position and date
+  pos = (7 * (row - 1)) + col;
+  ExtDate clickedDate = dateFromPos( pos );
+
+  // set the new date. If it is in the previous or next month, the month will
+  // automatically be changed, no need to do that manually...
+  setDate( clickedDate );
+
+  // call updateCell on the old and new selection. If setDate switched to a different
+  // month, these cells will be painted twice, but that's no problem.
+  updateCell( temp/7+1, temp%7 );
+  updateCell( row, col );
+
+  emit tableClicked();
+
+  if (  e->button() == Qt::RightButton && d->popupMenuEnabled )
+  {
+        KPopupMenu *menu = new KPopupMenu();
+
+//FIXME: Uncomment the following line (and remove the one after it)
+//       if ExtDate is added to tdelibs
+//        menu->insertTitle( KGlobal::locale()->formatDate(clickedDate) );
+        menu->insertTitle( clickedDate.toString() );
+
+        emit aboutToShowContextMenu( menu, clickedDate );
+        menu->popup(e->globalPos());
+  }
+}
+
+bool
+ExtDateTable::setDate(const ExtDate& date_)
+{
+  bool changed=false;
+  ExtDate temp;
+  // -----
+  if(!date_.isValid())
+    {
+      kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable::setDate: refusing to set invalid date." << endl;
+      return false;
+    }
+  if(date!=date_)
+    {
+      emit(dateChanged(date, date_));
+      date=date_;
+      emit(dateChanged(date));
+      changed=true;
+    }
+
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment the following unless ExtDate is moved to tdelibs
+//  const ExtCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(temp, d->calendar->year(date), d->calendar->month(date), 1);
+  //temp.setYMD(date.year(), date.month(), 1);
+  //kdDebug() << "firstDayInWeek: " << temp.toString() << endl;
+  firstday=temp.dayOfWeek();
+  numdays=d->calendar->daysInMonth(date);
+
+  temp = d->calendar->addMonths(temp, -1);
+  numDaysPrevMonth=d->calendar->daysInMonth(temp);
+  if(changed)
+    {
+      repaintContents(false);
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+const ExtDate&
+ExtDateTable::getDate() const
+{
+  return date;
+}
+
+// what are those repaintContents() good for? (pfeiffer)
+void ExtDateTable::focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent *e )
+{
+//    repaintContents(false);
+    TQGridView::focusInEvent( e );
+}
+
+void ExtDateTable::focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent *e )
+{
+//    repaintContents(false);
+    TQGridView::focusOutEvent( e );
+}
+
+TQSize
+ExtDateTable::tqsizeHint() const
+{
+  if(maxCell.height()>0 && maxCell.width()>0)
+    {
+      return TQSize(maxCell.width()*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
+             (maxCell.height()+2)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
+    } else {
+      kdDebug() << "ExtDateTable::tqsizeHint: obscure failure - " << endl;
+      return TQSize(-1, -1);
+    }
+}
+
+void ExtDateTable::setPopupMenuEnabled( bool enable )
+{
+   d->popupMenuEnabled=enable;
+}
+
+bool ExtDateTable::popupMenuEnabled() const
+{
+   return d->popupMenuEnabled;
+}
+
+void ExtDateTable::setCustomDatePainting(const ExtDate &date, const TQColor &fgColor, BackgroundMode bgMode, const TQColor &bgColor)
+{
+    if (!fgColor.isValid())
+    {
+        unsetCustomDatePainting( date );
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode *mode=new ExtDateTablePrivate::DatePaintingMode;
+    mode->bgMode=bgMode;
+    mode->fgColor=fgColor;
+    mode->bgColor=bgColor;
+
+    d->customPaintingModes.replace( date.toString(), mode );
+    d->useCustomColors=true;
+    update();
+}
+
+void ExtDateTable::unsetCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date )
+{
+    d->customPaintingModes.remove( date.toString() );
+}
+
+ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::ExtDateInternalWeekSelector
+(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
+  : KLineEdit(parent, name),
+    val(new TQIntValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(this))),
+    result(0)
+{
+  TQFont font;
+  // -----
+  font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  setFont(font);
+  setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame);
+  setValidator(val);
+  connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(weekEnteredSlot()));
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::weekEnteredSlot()
+{
+  bool ok;
+  int week;
+  // ----- check if this is a valid week:
+  week=text().toInt(&ok);
+  if(!ok)
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  result=week;
+  emit(closeMe(1));
+}
+
+int
+ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::getWeek()
+{
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::setWeek(int week)
+{
+  TQString temp;
+  // -----
+  temp.setNum(week);
+  setText(temp);
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalWeekSelector::setMaxWeek(int max)
+{
+  val->setRange(1, max);
+}
+
+// ### CFM To avoid binary incompatibility.
+//     In future releases, remove this and replace by  a ExtDate
+//     private member, needed in ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell
+class ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate {
+public:
+        ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate (int y, int m, int d)
+        : year(y), month(m), day(d)
+        { calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); }
+        ~ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate()
+        { delete calendar; }
+
+        ExtCalendarSystem *calendar;
+        int year;
+        int month;
+        int day;
+};
+
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::~ExtDateInternalMonthPicker() {
+   delete d;
+}
+
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::ExtDateInternalMonthPicker
+(const ExtDate & date, TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
+  : TQGridView(parent, name),
+    result(0) // invalid
+{
+//FIXME: Can't uncomment the following unless ExtDate is moved to tdelibs
+//  ExtCalendarSystem *calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  TQRect rect;
+  TQFont font;
+  // -----
+  activeCol = -1;
+  activeRow = -1;
+  font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  setFont(font);
+  setHScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setVScrollBarMode(AlwaysOff);
+  setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame);
+  setNumCols(3);
+  d = new ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate(date.year(), date.month(), date.day());
+  // For monthsInYear != 12
+  setNumRows( (d->calendar->monthsInYear(date) + 2) / 3);
+  // enable to find drawing failures:
+  // setTableFlags(Tbl_clipCellPainting);
+  viewport()->setEraseColor(KGlobalSettings::baseColor()); // for consistency with the datepicker
+  // ----- find the preferred size
+  //       (this is slow, possibly, but unfortunately it is needed here):
+  TQFontMetrics metrics(font);
+  for(int i = 1; ; ++i)
+    {
+      TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i,
+         d->calendar->year(date), false);
+      if (str.isNull()) break;
+      rect=metrics.boundingRect(str);
+      if(max.width()<rect.width()) max.setWidth(rect.width());
+      if(max.height()<rect.height()) max.setHeight(rect.height());
+    }
+}
+
+TQSize
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::tqsizeHint() const
+{
+  return TQSize((max.width()+6)*numCols()+2*frameWidth(),
+         (max.height()+6)*numRows()+2*frameWidth());
+}
+
+int
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::getResult() const
+{
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::setupPainter(TQPainter *p)
+{
+  p->setPen(KGlobalSettings::textColor());
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*)
+{
+  setCellWidth(width() / numCols());
+  setCellHeight(height() / numRows());
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::paintCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col)
+{
+  int index;
+  TQString text;
+  // ----- find the number of the cell:
+  index=3*row+col+1;
+  text=d->calendar->monthName(index,
+    d->calendar->year(ExtDate(d->year, d->month,
+    d->day)), false);
+  painter->drawText(0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight(), AlignCenter, text);
+  if ( activeCol == col && activeRow == row )
+      painter->drawRect( 0, 0, cellWidth(), cellHeight() );
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if(!isEnabled() || e->button() != Qt::LeftButton)
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  // -----
+  int row, col;
+  TQPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+
+  if(row<0 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      activeCol = -1;
+      activeRow = -1;
+    } else {
+      activeCol = col;
+      activeRow = row;
+      updateCell( row, col /*, false */ );
+  }
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseMoveEvent(TQMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if (e->state() & Qt::LeftButton)
+    {
+      int row, col;
+      TQPoint mouseCoord;
+      // -----
+      mouseCoord = e->pos();
+      row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+      col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+      int tmpRow = -1, tmpCol = -1;
+      if(row<0 || col<0)
+        { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+          if ( activeCol > -1 )
+            {
+              tmpRow = activeRow;
+              tmpCol = activeCol;
+            }
+          activeCol = -1;
+          activeRow = -1;
+        } else {
+          bool differentCell = (activeRow != row || activeCol != col);
+          if ( activeCol > -1 && differentCell)
+            {
+              tmpRow = activeRow;
+              tmpCol = activeCol;
+            }
+          if ( differentCell)
+            {
+              activeRow = row;
+              activeCol = col;
+              updateCell( row, col /*, false */ ); // mark the new active cell
+            }
+        }
+      if ( tmpRow > -1 ) // tqrepaint the former active cell
+          updateCell( tmpRow, tmpCol /*, true */ );
+    }
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalMonthPicker::contentsMouseReleaseEvent(TQMouseEvent *e)
+{
+  if(!isEnabled())
+    {
+      return;
+    }
+  // -----
+  int row, col, pos;
+  TQPoint mouseCoord;
+  // -----
+  mouseCoord = e->pos();
+  row=rowAt(mouseCoord.y());
+  col=columnAt(mouseCoord.x());
+  if(row<0 || col<0)
+    { // the user clicked on the frame of the table
+      emit(closeMe(0));
+    }
+
+  pos=3*row+col+1;
+  result=pos;
+  emit(closeMe(1));
+}
+
+
+
+ExtDateInternalYearSelector::ExtDateInternalYearSelector
+(TQWidget* parent, const char* name)
+  : TQLineEdit(parent, name),
+    val(new TQIntValidator(TQT_TQOBJECT(this))),
+    result(0),
+    d(new ExtDateInternalYearPrivate())
+{
+  TQFont font;
+  // -----
+  font=KGlobalSettings::generalFont();
+  setFont(font);
+  setFrameStyle(TQFrame::NoFrame);
+  // set year limits (perhaps we should get rid of limits altogether)
+  //there si also a year limit in ExtCalendarSystemGregorian...
+  val->setRange(-50000, 50000);
+  setValidator(val);
+  connect(this, TQT_SIGNAL(returnPressed()), TQT_SLOT(yearEnteredSlot()));
+}
+
+ExtDateInternalYearSelector::~ExtDateInternalYearSelector() {
+	delete val;
+	delete d;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalYearSelector::yearEnteredSlot()
+{
+  bool ok;
+  int year;
+  ExtDate date;
+  // ----- check if this is a valid year:
+  year=text().toInt(&ok);
+  if(!ok)
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  //date.setYMD(year, 1, 1);
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, year, 1, 1);
+  if(!date.isValid())
+    {
+      KNotifyClient::beep();
+      return;
+    }
+  result=year;
+  emit(closeMe(1));
+}
+
+int
+ExtDateInternalYearSelector::getYear()
+{
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+ExtDateInternalYearSelector::setYear(int year)
+{
+  TQString temp;
+  // -----
+  temp.setNum(year);
+  setText(temp);
+}
+
+KPopupFrame::KPopupFrame(TQWidget* parent, const char*  name)
+  : TQFrame(parent, name, WType_Popup),
+    result(0), // rejected
+    main(0)
+{
+  setFrameStyle(TQFrame::Box|TQFrame::Raised);
+  setMidLineWidth(2);
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e)
+{
+  if(e->key()==Key_Escape)
+    {
+      result=0; // rejected
+      tqApp->exit_loop();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::close(int r)
+{
+  result=r;
+  tqApp->exit_loop();
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::setMainWidget(TQWidget* m)
+{
+  main=m;
+  if(main!=0)
+    {
+      resize(main->width()+2*frameWidth(), main->height()+2*frameWidth());
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*)
+{
+  if(main!=0)
+    {
+      main->setGeometry(frameWidth(), frameWidth(),
+          width()-2*frameWidth(), height()-2*frameWidth());
+    }
+}
+
+void
+KPopupFrame::popup(const TQPoint &pos)
+{
+  // Make sure the whole popup is visible.
+  TQRect d = KGlobalSettings::desktopGeometry(pos);
+
+  int x = pos.x();
+  int y = pos.y();
+  int w = width();
+  int h = height();
+  if (x+w > d.x()+d.width())
+    x = d.width() - w;
+  if (y+h > d.y()+d.height())
+    y = d.height() - h;
+  if (x < d.x())
+    x = 0;
+  if (y < d.y())
+    y = 0;
+
+  // Pop the thingy up.
+  move(x, y);
+  show();
+}
+
+int
+KPopupFrame::exec(TQPoint pos)
+{
+  popup(pos);
+  tqrepaint();
+  tqApp->enter_loop();
+  hide();
+  return result;
+}
+
+int
+KPopupFrame::exec(int x, int y)
+{
+  return exec(TQPoint(x, y));
+}
+
+void KPopupFrame::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+void ExtDateTable::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+#include "extdatetbl.moc"
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fbbc880b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetbl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/*  -*- C++ -*-
+    This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 1997 Tim D. Gilman (tdgilman@best.org)
+              (C) 1998-2001 Mirko Boehm (mirko@kde.org)
+              (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    These classes has been derived from those in kdatetbl.[h|cpp].
+    The only differences are adaptations to use ExtDate instead of TQDate,
+    to allow for more remote dates.  These changes by Jason Harris.
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+#ifndef EXTDATETBL_H
+#define EXTDATETBL_H
+
+#include <tqvalidator.h>
+#include <tqgridview.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+class KPopupMenu;
+
+/** Week selection widget.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+* @author Stephan Binner
+*/
+class ExtDateInternalWeekSelector : public KLineEdit
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+protected:
+  TQIntValidator *val;
+  int result;
+public slots:
+  void weekEnteredSlot();
+  void setMaxWeek(int max);
+signals:
+  void closeMe(int);
+public:
+  ExtDateInternalWeekSelector( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+  int getWeek();
+  void setWeek(int week);
+
+private:
+  class ExtDateInternalWeekPrivate;
+  ExtDateInternalWeekPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+* A table containing month names. It is used to pick a month directly.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+*/
+class ExtDateInternalMonthPicker : public TQGridView
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Store the month that has been clicked [1..12].
+   */
+  int result;
+  /**
+   * the cell under mouse cursor when LBM is pressed
+   */
+  short int activeCol;
+  short int activeRow;
+  /**
+   * Contains the largest rectangle needed by the month names.
+   */
+  TQRect max;
+signals:
+  /**
+   * This is send from the mouse click event handler.
+   */
+  void closeMe(int);
+public:
+  /**
+   * The constructor.
+   */
+  ExtDateInternalMonthPicker(const ExtDate& date, TQWidget* parent, const char* name=0);
+  /**
+   * The destructor.
+   */
+  ~ExtDateInternalMonthPicker();
+  /**
+   * The size hint.
+   */
+  TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+  /**
+   * Return the result. 0 means no selection (reject()), 1..12 are the
+   * months.
+   */
+  int getResult() const;
+protected:
+  /**
+   * Set up the painter.
+   */
+  void setupPainter(TQPainter *p);
+  /**
+   * The resize event.
+   */
+  virtual void viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
+  /**
+   * Paint a cell. This simply draws the month names in it.
+   */
+  virtual void paintCell(TQPainter* painter, int row, int col);
+  /**
+   * Catch mouse click and move events to paint a rectangle around the item.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *e);
+  virtual void contentsMouseMoveEvent(TQMouseEvent *e);
+  /**
+   * Emit monthSelected(int) when a cell has been released.
+   */
+  virtual void contentsMouseReleaseEvent(TQMouseEvent *e);
+
+private:
+  class ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate;
+  ExtDateInternalMonthPrivate *d;
+};
+
+/** Year selection widget.
+* @internal
+* @version $Id$
+* @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+*/
+class ExtDateInternalYearSelector : public TQLineEdit
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+protected:
+  TQIntValidator *val;
+  int result;
+public slots:
+  void yearEnteredSlot();
+signals:
+  void closeMe(int);
+public:
+  ExtDateInternalYearSelector( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+  ~ExtDateInternalYearSelector();
+	int getYear();
+  void setYear(int year);
+
+private:
+  class ExtDateInternalYearPrivate {
+    public:
+    ExtDateInternalYearPrivate() {
+      calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian();
+    }
+		~ExtDateInternalYearPrivate() {
+			delete calendar;
+		}
+		ExtCalendarSystem *calendar;
+  };
+  ExtDateInternalYearPrivate *d;
+
+};
+
+/**
+ * Frame with popup menu behavior.
+ * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ * @version $Id$
+ */
+class KPopupFrame : public TQFrame
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+protected:
+  /**
+   * The result. It is returned from exec() when the popup window closes.
+   */
+  int result;
+  /**
+   * Catch key press events.
+   */
+  virtual void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e);
+  /**
+   * The only subwidget that uses the whole dialog window.
+   */
+  TQWidget *main;
+public slots:
+  /**
+   * Close the popup window. This is called from the main widget, usually.
+   * @p r is the result returned from exec().
+   */
+  void close(int r);
+public:
+  /**
+   * The contructor. Creates a dialog without buttons.
+   */
+  KPopupFrame(TQWidget* parent=0, const char*  name=0);
+  /**
+   * Set the main widget. You cannot set the main widget from the constructor,
+   * since it must be a child of the frame itselfes.
+   * Be careful: the size is set to the main widgets size. It is up to you to
+   * set the main widgets correct size before setting it as the main
+   * widget.
+   */
+  void setMainWidget(TQWidget* m);
+  /**
+   * The resize event. Simply resizes the main widget to the whole
+   * widgets client size.
+   */
+  virtual void resizeEvent(TQResizeEvent*);
+  /**
+   * Open the popup window at position pos.
+   */
+  void popup(const TQPoint &pos);
+  /**
+   * Execute the popup window.
+   */
+  int exec(TQPoint p);
+  /**
+   * Dito.
+   */
+  int exec(int x, int y);
+
+private:
+
+  virtual bool close(bool alsoDelete) { return TQFrame::close(alsoDelete); }
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+  class KPopupFramePrivate;
+  KPopupFramePrivate *d;
+};
+
+/**
+* Validates user-entered dates.
+*/
+class ExtDateValidator : public TQValidator
+{
+public:
+    ExtDateValidator(TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0);
+    virtual State validate(TQString&, int&) const;
+    virtual void fixup ( TQString & input ) const;
+    State date(const TQString&, ExtDate&) const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Date selection table.
+ * This is a support class for the ExtDatePicker class.  It just
+ * draws the calender table without titles, but could theoretically
+ * be used as a standalone.
+ *
+ * When a date is selected by the user, it emits a signal:
+ * dateSelected(ExtDate)
+ *
+ * @internal
+ * @version $Id$
+ * @author Tim Gilman, Mirko Boehm
+ */
+class ExtDateTable : public TQGridView
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+    //TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ getDate WRITE setDate )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool popupMenu READ popupMenuEnabled WRITE setPopupMenuEnabled )
+
+public:
+    /**
+     * The constructor.
+     */
+    ExtDateTable(TQWidget *parent=0,
+	       ExtDate date=ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(),
+	       const char* name=0, WFlags f=0);
+
+    /**
+     * The destructor.
+     */
+    ~ExtDateTable();
+
+    /**
+     * Returns a recommended size for the widget.
+     * To save some time, the size of the largest used cell content is
+     * calculated in each paintCell() call, since all calculations have
+     * to be done there anyway. The size is stored in maxCell. The
+     * tqsizeHint() simply returns a multiple of maxCell.
+     */
+    virtual TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+    /**
+     * Set the font size of the date table.
+     */
+    void setFontSize(int size);
+    /**
+     * Select and display this date.
+     */
+    bool setDate(const ExtDate&);
+    // ### 4.0 rename to date()
+    const ExtDate& getDate() const;
+
+    /**
+     * Enables a popup menu when right clicking on a date.
+     *
+     * When it's enabled, this object emits a aboutToShowContextMenu signal
+     * where you can fill in the menu items.
+     *
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void setPopupMenuEnabled( bool enable );
+
+    /**
+     * Returns if the popup menu is enabled or not
+     */
+    bool popupMenuEnabled() const;
+
+    enum BackgroundMode { NoBgMode=0, RectangleMode, CircleMode };
+
+    /**
+     * Makes a given date be painted with a given foregroundColor, and background
+     * (a rectangle, or a circle/ellipse) in a given color.
+     *
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void setCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date, const TQColor &fgColor, BackgroundMode bgMode=NoBgMode, const TQColor &bgColor=TQColor());
+
+    /**
+     * Unsets the custom painting of a date so that the date is painted as usual.
+     *
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void unsetCustomDatePainting( const ExtDate &date );
+
+protected:
+    /**
+     * calculate the position of the cell in the matrix for the given date. The result is the 0-based index.
+     */
+    int posFromDate( const ExtDate &date ); // KDE4: make this virtual, so subclasses can reimplement this and use a different default for the start of the matrix
+    /**
+     * calculate the date that is displayed at a given cell in the matrix. pos is the
+     * 0-based index in the matrix. Inverse function to posForDate().
+     */
+    ExtDate dateFromPos( int pos ); // KDE4: make this virtual
+
+    /**
+     * Paint a cell.
+     */
+    virtual void paintCell(TQPainter*, int, int);
+    /**
+     * Handle the resize events.
+     */
+    virtual void viewportResizeEvent(TQResizeEvent *);
+    /**
+     * React on mouse clicks that select a date.
+     */
+    virtual void contentsMousePressEvent(TQMouseEvent *);
+    virtual void wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent * e );
+    virtual void keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent *e );
+    virtual void focusInEvent( TQFocusEvent *e );
+    virtual void focusOutEvent( TQFocusEvent *e );
+
+    // ### KDE 4.0 make the following private and mark as members
+
+    /**
+     * The font size of the displayed text.
+     */
+    int fontsize;
+    /**
+     * The currently selected date.
+     */
+    ExtDate date;
+    /**
+     * The day of the first day in the month [1..7].
+     */
+    int firstday;
+    /**
+     * The number of days in the current month.
+     */
+    int numdays;
+    /**
+     * The number of days in the previous month.
+     */
+    int numDaysPrevMonth;
+    /**
+     * unused
+     * ### remove in KDE 4.0
+     */
+    bool unused_hasSelection;
+    /**
+     * Save the size of the largest used cell content.
+     */
+    TQRect maxCell;
+signals:
+    /**
+     * The selected date changed.
+     */
+    void dateChanged(const ExtDate&);
+    /**
+     * This function behaves essentially like the one above.
+     * The selected date changed.
+     * @param cur The current date
+     * @param old The date before the date was changed
+     */
+    void dateChanged(const ExtDate& cur, const ExtDate& old);
+    /**
+     * A date has been selected by clicking on the table.
+     */
+    void tableClicked();
+
+    /**
+     * A popup menu for a given date is about to be shown (as when the user
+     * right clicks on that date and the popup menu is enabled). Connect
+     * the slot where you fill the menu to this signal.
+     *
+     * @since 3.2
+     */
+    void aboutToShowContextMenu( KPopupMenu * menu, const ExtDate &date);
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+    class ExtDateTablePrivate;
+    ExtDateTablePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // EXTDATETBL_H
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8984eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1150 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+** Definition of extended range date classe
+** (c) 2004 by Michel Guitel <michel.guitel@sap.ap-hop-paris.fr>
+** modifications by Jason Harris <kstars@30doradus.org>
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+#include <tqregexp.h>
+
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+static const uint SECS_PER_DAY  = 86400;
+static const uint MSECS_PER_DAY = 86400000;
+static const uint SECS_PER_HOUR = 3600;
+static const uint MSECS_PER_HOUR= 3600000;
+static const uint SECS_PER_MIN  = 60;
+static const uint MSECS_PER_MIN = 60000;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  ExtDate class
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Concepts :
+ * a date is represented internally by its Julian Day number, a simple count
+ * of the number of days since a remote, arbitrary date (01 January, 4713 BC).
+ * This date has Julian Day number zero.
+ *
+ * ***************************************************************************/
+
+uint ExtDate::m_monthLength[] = {31, 28, 31, 30,  31,  30,  31,  31,  30,  31,  30,  31};
+uint ExtDate::m_monthOrigin[] = { 0, 30, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334};
+
+TQString ExtDate::m_shortMonthNames[12] = {
+	i18n("Short month name", "Jan"), i18n("Short month name", "Feb"), 
+	i18n("Short month name", "Mar"), i18n("Short month name", "Apr"), 
+	i18n("Short month name", "May"), i18n("Short month name", "Jun"),
+	i18n("Short month name", "Jul"), i18n("Short month name", "Aug"), 
+	i18n("Short month name", "Sep"), i18n("Short month name", "Oct"), 
+	i18n("Short month name", "Nov"), i18n("Short month name", "Dec")
+};
+TQString ExtDate::m_shortDayNames[7] = {
+	i18n("Short day name", "Mon"), i18n("Short day name", "Tue"), 
+	i18n("Short day name", "Wed"), i18n("Short day name", "Thu"), 
+	i18n("Short day name", "Fri"), i18n("Short day name", "Sat"), 
+	i18n("Short day name", "Sun")
+};
+TQString ExtDate::m_longMonthNames[12] = {
+	i18n("Long month name", "January"), i18n("Long month name", "February"), 
+	i18n("Long month name", "March"), i18n("Long month name", "April"), 
+	i18n("Long month name", "May"), i18n("Long month name", "June"), 
+	i18n("Long month name", "July"), i18n("Long month name", "August"), 
+	i18n("Long month name", "September"), i18n("Long month name", "October"),
+	i18n("Long month name", "November"), i18n("Long month name", "December")
+};
+TQString ExtDate::m_longDayNames[7] = {
+	i18n("Long day name", "Monday"), i18n("Long day name", "Tuesday"), 
+	i18n("Long day name", "Wednesday"), i18n("Long day name", "Thursday"),
+	i18n("Long day name", "Friday"), i18n("Long day name", "Saturday"), 
+	i18n("Long day name", "Sunday")
+};
+
+ExtDate::ExtDate( int y, int m, int d)
+{
+	if ( !isValid(y,m,d) ) {
+#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "ExtDate: Invalid date %04d-%02d-%02d", y, m, d );
+#endif
+		m_year = 0;
+		m_month = 0;
+		m_day = 0;
+		m_jd = INVALID_DAY;
+	} else {
+		m_year = y;
+		m_month = m;
+		m_day = d;
+		m_jd = GregorianToJD(y, m, d);
+	}
+}
+
+ExtDate::ExtDate( long int jd ) {
+	m_jd = jd;
+	JDToGregorian( jd, m_year, m_month, m_day );
+}
+
+long int ExtDate::GregorianToJD( int year, int month, int day )
+{
+	int m, y, A, B, C, D;
+
+	if (month > 2) {
+		m = month;
+		y = year;
+	} else {
+		y = year - 1;
+		m = month + 12;
+	}
+
+/*  If the date is after 10/15/1582, then take Pope Gregory's modification
+	to the Julian calendar into account */
+
+	if ( ( year  >1582 ) ||
+		( year ==1582 && month  >9 ) ||
+		( year ==1582 && month ==9 && day >15 ))
+	{
+		A = int(y/100);
+		B = 2 - A + int(A/4);
+	} else {
+		B = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (y < 0) {
+		C = int((365.25*y) - 0.75);
+	} else {
+		C = int(365.25*y);
+	}
+
+	D = int(30.6001*(m+1));
+
+	long int jd = B + C + D + day + 1720995;
+
+	return jd;
+}
+
+void	ExtDate::JDToGregorian( long int jd, int &year, int &month, int &day )
+{
+	int a, b, c, d, e, alpha;
+
+	if (jd<2299161) {
+		a = jd;
+	} else {
+		alpha = int ((jd-1867216.25)/ 36524.25);
+		a = jd + 1 + alpha - int(alpha / 4.0);
+	}
+	b = a + 1524;
+	c = int ((b-122.1)/ 365.25);
+	d = int (365.25*c);
+	e = int ((b-d)/ 30.6001);
+
+	day = b-d-int(30.6001*e);
+	month = (e<14) ? e-1 : e-13;
+	year  = (month>2)  ? c-4716 : c-4715;
+}
+
+bool ExtDate::isValid() const
+{
+	return ( jd() != INVALID_DAY && isValid( year(), month(), day() ) );
+}
+
+int ExtDate::dayOfWeek() const
+{
+	//JD 2451545 (01 Jan 2000) was a Saturday, which is dayOfWeek=6.
+	int a_day = (( jd() - 2451545 + 6 ) % 7);
+	if ( a_day < 0 ) a_day += 7;
+	return (a_day == 0) ? 7 : a_day;
+}
+
+int ExtDate::dayOfYear() const
+{
+	return jd() - GregorianToJD( year(), 1, 1) + 1;
+}
+
+int ExtDate::daysInMonth() const
+{
+	if ( isValid() ) {
+	  int m = month();
+	  int d = m_monthLength[m-1];
+	  if (m==2 && leapYear(year())) d++;
+	  return d;
+	} else {
+	  return 31;
+	}
+}
+
+int ExtDate::daysInYear() const
+{
+	if ( ! isValid() ) return 365;
+	return (leapYear(year()) ? 366 : 365);
+}
+
+int ExtDate::weekNumber( int *yearNum ) const
+{
+  //ISO 8601:
+  //Week 1 is the week containing the first Thursday of the year.
+  ExtDate day1( year(), 1, 1 ); //First day of the year
+  
+  if ( day1.dayOfWeek() > 4 ) { 
+    //Jan 1 is after Thursday, so it's in the previous year's last week.
+    //Set day1 to be the following Monday, which is the start of week 1
+    day1 = day1.addDays( 7 - day1.dayOfWeek() + 1 );
+  } else {
+    //Jan 1 is before Friday, so it is in Week 1.
+    //Set day1 to be the preceding Monday
+    day1 = day1.addDays( 1 - day1.dayOfWeek() );
+  }
+
+  //Is the target date prior to day1?  If so, the target is in the 
+  //last week of the previous year.
+  if ( day1.daysTo( *this ) < 0 ) {
+    if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year() - 1;
+
+    //The last week of the year always contains Dec 28th (ISO 8601)
+    ExtDate lastDec28( year()-1, 12, 28 );
+    return lastDec28.weekNumber();
+  }
+
+  //If the target date is after Dec 28th, it's possible that it is in 
+  //Week 1 of the following year.
+  ExtDate dec28( year(), 12, 28 );
+  if ( dayOfYear() > dec28.dayOfYear() && dayOfWeek() < 4 ) {
+    if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year() + 1;
+    return 1;
+  }
+
+  //If we reach here, the week number will be in this year.
+  int week = 1 + int( day1.daysTo( *this )/7 );
+
+  if ( yearNum ) *yearNum = year();
+  return week;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+TQString ExtDate::shortMonthName( int month ) {return m_shortMonthNames[month-1];}
+TQString ExtDate::shortDayName( int weekday ) {return m_shortDayNames[weekday-1];}
+TQString ExtDate::longMonthName( int month ) {return m_longMonthNames[month-1];}
+TQString ExtDate::longDayName( int weekday ) {return m_longDayNames[weekday-1];}
+#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTRING
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_SPRINTF)
+TQString ExtDate::toString( Qt::DateFormat f) const
+{
+	TQString	a_format;
+
+	if ( ! isValid() ) return TQString();
+
+	switch (f)
+	{
+		case Qt::TextDate :	// Sat May 20 1995
+			a_format = "%a %b %e %Y";
+			break;
+
+		case Qt::ISODate :	// YYYY-MM-DD
+			a_format = "%Y-%m-%d";
+			break;
+
+		case Qt::LocalDate :	// local settings
+			a_format = KGlobal::locale()->dateFormat();
+			break;
+
+		default :
+			a_format = "toString : unknown format";
+			break;
+
+	}
+	return toString(a_format);
+}
+#endif
+
+TQString ExtDate::toString( const TQString& format ) const
+{
+	if ( ! isValid() ) return TQString();
+
+	//We use the KDE Date format specs.
+	//Replace occurences of the following tokens with their
+	//corresponding values:
+	//
+	// %Y The year, including centuries prefix (e.g., "1984")
+	// %y The year, excluding centuries prefix (e.g., "84")
+	// %n Numerical month value (e.g., "3" for March)
+	// %m Numerical month value, two digits (e.g., "03" for March)
+	// %e Numerical day value (e.g., "3" on March 3rd)
+	// %d Numerical day value, two digits (e.g., "03" on March 3rd)
+	// %b Month name, short form (e.g., "Mar" for March)
+	// %B Month name, long form (e.g., "March")
+	// %a Weekday name, short form (e.g., "Wed" for Wednesday)
+	// %A Weekday name, long form (e.g., "Wednesday")
+
+	//All other characters are left as-is.
+
+	TQString result( format );
+
+	result.replace( "%Y", TQString().sprintf( "%d", year() ) );
+	result.replace( "%y", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", (year() % 100) ) );
+	result.replace( "%n", TQString().sprintf( "%d", month() ) );
+	result.replace( "%m", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", month() ) );
+	result.replace( "%e", TQString().sprintf( "%d", day() ) );
+	result.replace( "%d", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", day() ) );
+	result.replace( "%b", shortMonthName( month() ) );
+	result.replace( "%B", longMonthName( month() ) );
+	result.replace( "%a", shortDayName( dayOfWeek() ) );
+	result.replace( "%A", longDayName( dayOfWeek() ) );
+
+	return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+bool ExtDate::setYMD( int y, int m, int d )
+{
+	if ( ! isValid(y,m,d) ) {
+#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "ExtDate: Invalid date %04d-%02d-%02d", y, m, d );
+#endif
+		m_year = 0;
+		m_month = 0;
+		m_day = 0;
+		m_jd = INVALID_DAY;
+		return false;
+	} else {
+		m_year = y;
+		m_month = m;
+		m_day = d;
+		m_jd = GregorianToJD( y, m, d );
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+bool ExtDate::setJD( long int _jd ) {
+	if ( _jd == INVALID_DAY ) {
+		m_jd = _jd;
+		m_year = 0;
+		m_month = 0;
+		m_day = 0;
+		return false;
+	} else {
+		m_jd = _jd;
+		JDToGregorian( _jd, m_year, m_month, m_day );
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDate::addDays( int days ) const
+{
+	ExtDate a_date;
+	a_date.setJD( jd() + days );
+	return a_date;
+}
+
+ExtDate  ExtDate::addMonths( int months ) const
+{
+	int a_month = month() + months%12;
+	int a_year  = year()  + int(months/12);
+
+	while ( a_month < 1 ) {
+		a_month += 12;
+		a_year--;
+	}
+
+	while ( a_month > 12 ) {
+		a_month -= 12;
+		a_year++;
+	}
+
+	return ExtDate(a_year, a_month, day());
+}
+
+ExtDate  ExtDate::addYears( int years ) const
+{
+	return ExtDate(year() + years, month(), day());
+}
+
+int   ExtDate::daysTo( const ExtDate & a_date) const
+{
+	return a_date.jd() - jd();
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(Qt::TimeSpec ts)
+{
+	time_t a_current_time;
+	struct tm a_current_time_tm;
+
+	time(&a_current_time);
+	switch (ts)
+	{
+		case TQt::LocalTime :
+			localtime_r(&a_current_time, &a_current_time_tm);
+			break;
+
+		case TQt::UTC :
+			gmtime_r(&a_current_time, &a_current_time_tm);
+			break;
+
+		default :
+			assert(0);
+			break;
+	}
+	return ExtDate(a_current_time_tm.tm_year + 1900, a_current_time_tm.tm_mon + 1, a_current_time_tm.tm_mday);
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+//Try both DateFormat values
+ExtDate ExtDate::fromString( const TQString& s )
+{
+	ExtDate dResult = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate );
+	if ( dResult.isValid() ) return dResult;
+
+	dResult = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::ISODate );
+	if ( dResult.isValid() ) return dResult;
+	else return ExtDate(); //invalid	
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDate::fromString( const TQString& s, Qt::DateFormat f )
+{
+	ExtDate dt = ExtDate();  //initialize invalid date
+	if ( s.isEmpty() ) { return dt; }
+	if ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) { //can't use LocalFormat
+#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "TQDate::fromString: Parameter out of range" );
+#endif
+		return dt;
+	}
+
+	switch( f ) {
+		case Qt::ISODate :
+		{
+			int year( s.mid( 0, 4 ).toInt() );
+			int month( s.mid( 5, 2 ).toInt() );
+			int day( s.mid( 8, 2 ).toInt() );
+
+			if ( year && month && day )
+				return ExtDate( year, month, day );
+		}
+		break;
+
+		default :
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+		case Qt::TextDate :
+		{
+			//Three possible date formats:
+			//dd mth yyyy; mth dd yyyy; wkd mth dd yyyy
+			//"mth" is the word for the month (long or short form)
+			TQStringList ss = TQStringList::split( " ", s );
+			bool ok = false;
+			int month = -1;
+			uint imonth = 0;
+			uint iyear = 0;
+
+			//If neither of the first two words is a number, then we'll assume
+			//the first word is a superfluous "weekday" string
+			int day = ss[0].toInt( &ok );
+			if ( ! ok ) {
+				day = ss[1].toInt( &ok );
+				if ( ! ok ) {
+						day = ss[2].toInt( &ok );
+						if ( !ok ) return dt;  //could not find a valid day number in first three words
+						imonth = 1;  //the month must be the second word
+						iyear = 3;  //the year must be the fourth word
+				} else {
+					//the month is either the first word, or the third.
+					imonth = 0;
+					iyear = 2;
+				}
+			} else {
+				//month is the second word
+				imonth = 1;
+				iyear = 2;
+			}
+
+			for ( uint i = 0; i < 12; i++ ) {
+				if ( ss[imonth] == shortMonthName( i+1 ) || ss[imonth] == longMonthName( i+1 ) ) {
+						month = i + 1;
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if ( month == -1 && imonth == 0 ) { //try the third word
+				imonth = 2;
+				iyear = 3;
+				for ( uint i = 0; i < 12; i++ ) {
+					if ( ss[imonth] == shortMonthName( i+1 ) || ss[imonth] == longMonthName( i+1 ) ) {
+							month = i + 1;
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if ( month > -1 ) ok = true;
+			if ( ! ok ) return dt; //could not parse month; return invalid
+
+			int year = ss[iyear].toInt( &ok );
+			if ( ! ok ) return dt; //could not parse year; return invalid
+
+			return ExtDate( year, month, day );
+
+			break;
+		}
+#else
+		break;
+#endif  //ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+	}
+
+	return dt;
+}
+#endif  //ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+
+bool ExtDate::isValid( int y, int m, int d )
+{
+	if (m < 1 || m > 12) return false;
+	if (d < 1) return false;
+	if (m != 2 && d > (int) m_monthLength[m-1]) return false;
+	if (m == 2 && d > ( (int) m_monthLength[1] + (leapYear(y) ? 1 : 0))) return false;
+	return true;
+}
+
+TQDate ExtDate::qdate() const {
+	TQDate q( year(), month(), day() );
+
+	if ( q.isValid() )
+		return q;
+	else
+		return TQDate();
+}
+
+bool	ExtDate::leapYear( int year )
+{
+	// year is the year-number where JC birth is 0
+	if ((year % 4) != 0) return false;
+	// multiple of 4 : can be a leap year
+	// centennial years are NOT leap, but quadri-centennial ARE.
+	if ((year % 400) == 0) return true;
+	if ((year % 100) == 0) return false;
+	// year is multiple of 4 but not centennial so leap year !
+	return true;
+}
+
+int ExtDate::dayOfYear(int y, int m, int d)
+{
+	return m_monthOrigin[m-1] + d + ((m > 1) ? (leapYear(y) ? 1 : 0) : 0);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  ExtDateTime member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class ExtDateTime extdatetime.h
+    \brief The ExtDateTime class provides date and time functions.
+
+    \ingroup time
+
+    A ExtDateTime object contains a calendar date and a clock time (a
+    "datetime"). It is a combination of the ExtDate and TQTime classes.
+    It can read the current datetime from the system clock. It
+    provides functions for comparing datetimes and for manipulating a
+    datetime by adding a number of seconds, days, months or years.
+
+    A ExtDateTime object is typically created either by giving a date
+    and time explicitly in the constructor, or by using the static
+    function tqcurrentDateTime(), which returns a ExtDateTime object set
+    to the system clock's time. The date and time can be changed with
+    setDate() and setTime(). A datetime can also be set using the
+    setTime_t() function, which takes a POSIX-standard "number of
+    seconds since 00:00:00 on January 1, 1970" value. The fromString()
+    function returns a ExtDateTime given a string and a date format
+    which is used to interpret the date within the string.
+
+    The date() and time() functions provide access to the date and
+    time parts of the datetime. The same information is provided in
+    textual format by the toString() function.
+
+    ExtDateTime provides a full set of operators to compare two
+    ExtDateTime objects where smaller means earlier and larger means
+    later.
+
+    You can increment (or decrement) a datetime by a given number of
+    seconds using addSecs() or days using addDays(). Similarly you can
+    use addMonths() and addYears(). The daysTo() function returns the
+    number of days between two datetimes, and secsTo() returns the
+    number of seconds between two datetimes.
+
+    The range of a datetime object is constrained to the ranges of the
+    ExtDate and TQTime objects which it embodies.
+
+    Methods in this class are reentrant.
+
+    \sa ExtDate TQTime ExtDateTimeEdit
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime()
+
+    Constructs a null datetime (i.e. null date and null time). A null
+    datetime is invalid, since the date is invalid.
+
+    \sa isValid()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a datetime with date \a date and null (but valid) time
+    (00:00:00.000).
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &date )
+    : d(date)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a datetime with date \a date and time \a time.
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime::ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &date, const TQTime &time )
+    : d(date), t(time)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool ExtDateTime::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if both the date and the time are null; otherwise
+    returns FALSE. A null datetime is invalid.
+
+    \sa ExtDate::isNull(), TQTime::isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool ExtDateTime::isValid() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if both the date and the time are valid; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa ExtDate::isValid(), TQTime::isValid()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn ExtDate ExtDateTime::date() const
+
+    Returns the date part of the datetime.
+
+    \sa setDate(), time()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTime ExtDateTime::time() const
+
+    Returns the time part of the datetime.
+
+    \sa setTime(), date()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void ExtDateTime::setDate( const ExtDate &date )
+
+    Sets the date part of this datetime to \a date.
+
+    \sa date(), setTime()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void ExtDateTime::setTime( const TQTime &time )
+
+    Sets the time part of this datetime to \a time.
+
+    \sa time(), setDate()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the datetime as the number of seconds that have passed
+    since 1970-01-01T00:00:00, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
+
+    On systems that do not support timezones, this function will
+    behave as if local time were UTC.
+
+    \sa setTime_t()
+*/
+
+uint ExtDateTime::toTime_t() const
+{
+    tm brokenDown;
+    brokenDown.tm_sec = t.second();
+    brokenDown.tm_min = t.minute();
+    brokenDown.tm_hour = t.hour();
+    brokenDown.tm_mday = d.day();
+    brokenDown.tm_mon = d.month() - 1;
+    brokenDown.tm_year = d.year() - 1900;
+    brokenDown.tm_isdst = -1;
+    int secsSince1Jan1970UTC = (int) mktime( &brokenDown );
+    if ( secsSince1Jan1970UTC < -1 )
+	secsSince1Jan1970UTC = -1;
+    return (uint) secsSince1Jan1970UTC;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Convenience function that sets the date and time to local time
+    based on the given UTC time.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC )
+{
+    setTime_t( secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::LocalTime );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the date and time to \a ts time (\c TQt::LocalTime or \c
+    TQt::UTC) given the number of seconds that have passed since
+    1970-01-01T00:00:00, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). On systems
+    that do not support timezones this function will behave as if
+    local time were UTC.
+
+    On Windows, only a subset of \a secsSince1Jan1970UTC values are
+    supported, as Windows starts counting from 1980.
+
+    \sa toTime_t()
+*/
+void ExtDateTime::setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec ts )
+{
+    time_t tmp = (time_t) secsSince1Jan1970UTC;
+    tm *brokenDown = 0;
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX) && defined(TQT_THREAD_SUPPORT) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS)
+    // posix compliant system
+    // use the reentrant versions of localtime() and gmtime() where available
+    tm res;
+    if ( ts == TQt::LocalTime )
+	brokenDown = localtime_r( &tmp, &res );
+    if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	brokenDown = gmtime_r( &tmp, &res );
+	if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	    d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( 1970, 1, 1 ) );
+	    t.setHMS(0,0,0);
+			//	    t.ds = 0;
+	    return;
+	}
+    }
+#else
+    if ( ts == TQt::LocalTime )
+	brokenDown = localtime( &tmp );
+    if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	brokenDown = gmtime( &tmp );
+	if ( !brokenDown ) {
+	    d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( 1970, 1, 1 ) );
+//	    t.ds = 0;
+	    t.setHMS(0,0,0);
+			return;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    d.setJD( ExtDate::GregorianToJD( brokenDown->tm_year + 1900,
+				     brokenDown->tm_mon + 1,
+				     brokenDown->tm_mday ) );
+    t.setHMS( brokenDown->tm_hour, brokenDown->tm_min, brokenDown->tm_sec );
+//		t.ds = MSECS_PER_HOUR * brokenDown->tm_hour +
+//	   MSECS_PER_MIN * brokenDown->tm_min +
+//	   1000 * brokenDown->tm_sec;
+}
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the datetime as a string. The \a f parameter determines
+    the format of the string.
+
+    If \a f is \c Qt::TextDate, the string format is "Wed May 20
+    03:40:13 1998" (using ExtDate::shortDayName(), ExtDate::shortMonthName(),
+    and TQTime::toString() to generate the string, so the day and month
+    names will have localized names).
+
+    If \a f is \c Qt::ISODate, the string format corresponds to the
+    ISO 8601 extended specification for representations of dates and
+    times, which is YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.
+
+    If \a f is \c Qt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the
+    locale settings of the system.
+
+    If the format \a f is invalid or the datetime is invalid, toString()
+    returns a null string.
+
+    \sa ExtDate::toString() TQTime::toString()
+*/
+
+TQString ExtDateTime::toString( Qt::DateFormat f ) const
+{
+	if ( !isValid() )
+		return TQString();
+
+	if ( f == Qt::ISODate ) {
+		return d.toString( Qt::ISODate ) + "T" + t.toString( Qt::ISODate );
+	}
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+	else if ( f == Qt::TextDate ) {
+		return toString( "%a %b %e %Y %H:%M:%S" );
+	}
+#endif
+	else if ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) {
+		return toString( KGlobal::locale()->dateFormat()
+						+ " " + KGlobal::locale()->timeFormat() );
+	}
+
+	return TQString();
+}
+#endif
+
+TQString ExtDateTime::toString( const TQString& format ) const
+{
+	if ( !isValid() )
+		return TQString();
+
+	//Parse the date portion of the format string
+	TQString result = date().toString( format );
+
+	//For the time format, use the following KDE format specs:
+	//Replace occurences of the following tokens with their
+	//corresponding values:
+	//
+	// %H Hour in 24h format, 2 digits
+	// %k Hour in 24h format, 1-2 digits
+	// %I Hour in 12h format, 2 digits
+	// %l Hour in 12h format, 1-2 digits
+	// %M Minute, 2 digits
+	// %S Seconds, 2 digits
+	// %p pm/am
+
+	int h = time().hour();
+
+	result.replace( "%H", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", h ) );
+	result.replace( "%k", TQString().sprintf( "%d", h ) );
+	result.replace( "%I", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", ( h > 12 ) ? h-12 : h ) );
+	result.replace( "%l", TQString().sprintf( "%d", ( h > 12 ) ? h-12 : h ) );
+	result.replace( "%M", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", time().minute() ) );
+	result.replace( "%S", TQString().sprintf( "%02d", time().second() ) );
+	result.replace( "%p", TQString().sprintf( "%s", ( h > 12 ) ? "pm" : "am" ) );
+
+	return result;
+}
+#endif //TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+
+/*!
+    Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a ndays days
+    later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a ndays is
+    negative).
+
+    \sa daysTo(), addMonths(), addYears(), addSecs()
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addDays( int ndays ) const
+{
+    return ExtDateTime( d.addDays(ndays), t );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nmonths months
+    later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nmonths
+    is negative).
+
+    \sa daysTo(), addDays(), addYears(), addSecs()
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addMonths( int nmonths ) const
+{
+    return ExtDateTime( d.addMonths(nmonths), t );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nyears years
+    later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nyears is
+    negative).
+
+    \sa daysTo(), addDays(), addMonths(), addSecs()
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addYears( int nyears ) const
+{
+    return ExtDateTime( d.addYears(nyears), t );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a ExtDateTime object containing a datetime \a nsecs seconds
+    later than the datetime of this object (or earlier if \a nsecs is
+    negative).
+
+    \sa secsTo(), addDays(), addMonths(), addYears()
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::addSecs( int nsecs ) const
+{
+	long int dd = d.jd();
+	int tt = MSECS_PER_HOUR*t.hour() + MSECS_PER_MIN*t.minute() + 1000*t.second() + t.msec();
+	tt += nsecs*1000;
+
+	while ( tt < 0 ) {
+		tt += MSECS_PER_DAY;
+		--dd;
+	}
+
+	while ( tt > int(MSECS_PER_DAY) ) {
+		tt -= MSECS_PER_DAY;
+		++dd;
+	}
+
+	ExtDateTime ret;
+	ret.setTime( TQTime().addMSecs( tt ) );
+	ret.setDate( ExtDate( dd ) );
+
+	return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of days from this datetime to \a dt (which is
+    negative if \a dt is earlier than this datetime).
+
+    \sa addDays(), secsTo()
+*/
+
+int ExtDateTime::daysTo( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    return d.daysTo( dt.d );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of seconds from this datetime to \a dt (which
+    is negative if \a dt is earlier than this datetime).
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    ExtDateTime dt = ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime();
+    ExtDateTime xmas( ExtDate(dt.date().year(),12,24), TQTime(17,00) );
+    kdDebug( ) << "There are " << dt.secsTo(xmas) << " seconds to Christmas" << endl;
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa addSecs(), daysTo(), TQTime::secsTo()
+*/
+
+int ExtDateTime::secsTo( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    return t.secsTo(dt.t) + d.daysTo(dt.d)*SECS_PER_DAY;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is equal to \a dt; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator!=()
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator==( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    return  t == dt.t && d == dt.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is different from \a dt; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa operator==()
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator!=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    return  t != dt.t || d != dt.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is earlier than \a dt; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator<( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    if ( d < dt.d )
+	return true;
+    return d == dt.d ? t < dt.t : false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is earlier than or equal to \a dt;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator<=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    if ( d < dt.d )
+	return true;
+    return d == dt.d ? t <= dt.t : false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than \a dt; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator>( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    if ( d > dt.d )
+	return true;
+    return d == dt.d ? t > dt.t : false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this datetime is later than or equal to \a dt;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTime::operator>=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const
+{
+    if ( d > dt.d )
+	return true;
+    return d == dt.d ? t >= dt.t : false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock.
+
+    \sa ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), TQTime::currentTime()
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime()
+{
+    return tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::LocalTime );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the current datetime, as reported by the system clock, for the
+  TimeSpec \a ts. The default TimeSpec is LocalTime.
+
+  \sa ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), TQTime::currentTime(), Qt::TimeSpec
+*/
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::TimeSpec ts )
+{
+    ExtDateTime dt;
+    dt.setDate( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(ts) );
+    TQTime t = t.currentTime(ts);
+    if ( t.hour()==0 && t.minute()==0 )         // midnight or right after?
+        dt.setDate( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(ts) ); // fetch date again
+    dt.setTime( t );
+    return dt;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+/*!
+    Returns the ExtDateTime represented by the string \a s, using the
+    format \a f, or an invalid datetime if this is not possible.
+
+    Note for \c Qt::TextDate: It is recommended that you use the
+    English short month names (e.g. "Jan"). Although localized month
+    names can also be used, they depend on the user's locale settings.
+
+    \warning Note that \c Qt::LocalDate cannot be used here.
+*/
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::fromString( const TQString& s )
+{
+	ExtDateTime dtResult = ExtDateTime::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate );
+	if ( dtResult.isValid() ) return dtResult;
+
+	dtResult = ExtDateTime::fromString( s, Qt::ISODate );
+
+	if ( dtResult.isValid() ) return dtResult;
+	else return ExtDateTime(); //invalid
+}
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTime::fromString( const TQString& s, Qt::DateFormat f )
+{
+	ExtDateTime dt;
+
+	if ( ( s.isEmpty() ) || ( f == Qt::LocalDate ) ) {
+#if defined(TQT_CHECK_RANGE)
+		qWarning( "ExtDateTime::fromString: Parameter out of range" );
+#endif
+		dt.d.setJD( INVALID_DAY );
+		return dt;
+	}
+
+	if ( f == Qt::ISODate ) {
+		if ( s.length() <= 10 || ! s.contains( ':' )  ) { //no time specified
+			TQTime t = TQTime(0,0,0);
+			return ExtDateTime( ExtDate::fromString( s.mid(0,10), Qt::ISODate ) );
+		} else {
+			return ExtDateTime( ExtDate::fromString( s.mid(0,10), Qt::ISODate ),
+					TQTime::fromString( s.mid(11), Qt::ISODate ) );
+		}
+	}
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_REGEXP) && !defined(TQT_NO_TEXTDATE)
+	else if ( f == Qt::TextDate ) {
+
+		//parse the time, if it exists.
+		TQTime time;
+		TQString sd = s;
+		int hour, minute, second;
+		int pivot = s.find( TQRegExp(TQString::tqfromLatin1("[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]:[0-9][0-9]")) );
+		if ( pivot != -1 ) {
+			hour = s.mid( pivot, 2 ).toInt();
+			minute = s.mid( pivot+3, 2 ).toInt();
+			second = s.mid( pivot+6, 2 ).toInt();
+			time.setHMS( hour, minute, second );
+
+			sd = s.left( pivot - 1 );
+		}
+
+		//sd is now just the date string.
+		ExtDate date = ExtDate::fromString( s, Qt::TextDate );
+		return ExtDateTime( date, time );
+	}
+
+#endif //TQT_NO_REGEXP
+	return ExtDateTime();
+}
+#endif //TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream & ostream, const ExtDate & date)
+{
+	return ostream << (TQ_UINT32)(date.jd());
+}
+
+KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream & ostream, ExtDate & date)
+{
+	TQ_UINT32 julday;
+	ostream >> julday;
+	date.setJD( julday );
+	return ostream;
+}
+
+KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream & ostream, const ExtDateTime & dt)
+{
+	ostream << dt.d;
+	ostream << dt.t;
+	return ostream;
+}
+
+KDE_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream & ostream, ExtDateTime & dt)
+{
+	ostream >> dt.d >> dt.t;
+	return ostream;
+}
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0ebe324f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetime.h
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*************************************************************************
+** Definition of extended range date class
+** (c) 2004 by Michel Guitel <michel.guitel@sap.ap-hop-paris.fr>
+** modifications by Jason Harris <kstars@30doradus.org>
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef EXTDATETIME_H
+#define EXTDATETIME_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqnamespace.h"
+#include "tqdatetime.h"
+#include <kdemacros.h>
+
+#define INVALID_DAY LONG_MIN
+
+class ExtDateTime;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  ExtDate class
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+extern	void test2_unit(int y, int m, int d);
+
+class ExtDateTime;
+
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDate
+{
+public:
+	ExtDate() : m_jd(INVALID_DAY), m_year(0), m_month(0), m_day(0) {}
+	ExtDate( int y, int m, int d );
+	ExtDate( const TQDate &q ) { ExtDate( q.year(), q.month(), q.day() ); }
+	ExtDate( long int jd );
+
+	bool isNull() const { return m_jd == INVALID_DAY; }
+	bool isValid() const;
+
+	TQDate qdate() const;
+
+	int year() const { return m_year; }
+	int month() const { return m_month; }
+	int day() const { return m_day; }
+	int dayOfWeek() const;
+	int dayOfYear() const;
+	int daysInMonth() const;
+	int daysInYear() const;
+	int weekNumber( int *yearNum = 0 ) const;
+	long int jd() const { return m_jd; }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPAT
+	static TQString monthName( int month ) { return shortMonthName( month ); }
+	static TQString dayName( int weekday ) { return shortDayName( weekday ); }
+#endif
+	static TQString shortMonthName( int month );
+	static TQString shortDayName( int weekday );
+	static TQString longMonthName( int month );
+	static TQString longDayName( int weekday );
+#endif //TQT_NO_TEXTDATE
+#ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTSTRING
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_SPRINTF)
+	TQString toString( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate ) const;
+#endif
+	TQString toString( const TQString& format ) const;
+#endif
+	bool setYMD( int y, int m, int d );
+	bool setJD( long int _jd );
+
+	ExtDate addDays( int days ) const;
+	ExtDate addMonths( int months ) const;
+	ExtDate addYears( int years ) const;
+	int daysTo( const ExtDate & ) const;
+
+	bool operator==( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd == d.jd(); }
+	bool operator!=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd != d.jd(); }
+	bool operator<( const ExtDate &d )  const { return m_jd  < d.jd(); }
+	bool operator<=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd <= d.jd(); }
+	bool operator>( const ExtDate &d )  const { return m_jd  > d.jd(); }
+	bool operator>=( const ExtDate &d ) const { return m_jd >= d.jd(); }
+
+	static ExtDate tqcurrentDate( Qt::TimeSpec ts = Qt::LocalTime );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+	static ExtDate fromString( const TQString &s );
+	static ExtDate fromString( const TQString &s, Qt::DateFormat f );
+#endif
+	static bool isValid( int y, int m, int d );
+	static bool leapYear( int year );
+
+	static long int GregorianToJD( int y, int m, int d );
+	static void JDToGregorian( long int jd, int &y, int &m, int &d );
+
+private:
+	static int dayOfYear(int y, int m, int d);
+
+	long int m_jd;
+	int m_year, m_month, m_day;
+	static uint m_monthLength[12];
+	static uint m_monthOrigin[12];
+	static TQString m_shortMonthNames[12];
+	static TQString m_shortDayNames[7];
+	static TQString m_longMonthNames[12];
+	static TQString m_longDayNames[7];
+
+	friend class ExtDateTime;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+	friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDate & );
+	friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDate & );
+	friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDateTime & );
+	friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDateTime & );
+#endif
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  ExtDateTime class
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateTime
+{
+public:
+    ExtDateTime() {}				// set null date and null time
+    ExtDateTime( const ExtDate & );
+    ExtDateTime( const ExtDate &, const TQTime & );
+
+    bool   isNull()	const		{ return d.isNull() && t.isNull(); }
+    bool   isValid()	const		{ return d.isValid() && t.isValid(); }
+
+    ExtDate  date()	const		{ return d; }
+    TQTime  time()	const		{ return t; }
+    uint   toTime_t()	const;
+    void   setDate( const ExtDate &date ) { d = date; }
+    void   setTime( const TQTime &time ) { t = time; }
+    void   setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC );
+    void   setTime_t( uint secsSince1Jan1970UTC, Qt::TimeSpec );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF
+    TQString toString( Qt::DateFormat f = Qt::TextDate )	const;
+#endif
+    TQString toString( const TQString& format ) const;
+#endif
+    ExtDateTime addDays( int days )	const;
+    ExtDateTime addMonths( int months )   const;
+    ExtDateTime addYears( int years )     const;
+    ExtDateTime addSecs( int secs )	const;
+    int	   daysTo( const ExtDateTime & )	const;
+    int	   secsTo( const ExtDateTime & )	const;
+
+    bool   operator==( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const;
+    bool   operator!=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const;
+    bool   operator<( const ExtDateTime &dt )  const;
+    bool   operator<=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const;
+    bool   operator>( const ExtDateTime &dt )  const;
+    bool   operator>=( const ExtDateTime &dt ) const;
+
+    static ExtDateTime tqcurrentDateTime();
+    static ExtDateTime tqcurrentDateTime( Qt::TimeSpec );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATESTRING
+    static ExtDateTime fromString( const TQString &s );
+    static ExtDateTime fromString( const TQString &s, Qt::DateFormat f );
+#endif
+private:
+    ExtDate  d;
+    TQTime  t;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDateTime &);
+    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDateTime & );
+#endif
+};
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Date and time stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const ExtDate & );
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, ExtDate & );
+#endif // TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+#endif // EXTDATE_H
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..796bd858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2724 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+**
+** Implementation of date and time edit classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Original qatetimeedit.cpp Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**>> ExtDate modifications (C) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+//DEBUG
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+#include "extdatetimeedit.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATETIMEEDIT
+
+//#include "../kernel/tqinternal_p.h"
+//#include "../kernel/tqrichtext_p.h"
+#include <tqinternal_p.h>
+#include <tqrichtext_p.h>
+#include <tqrangecontrol.h>
+#include <tqapplication.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+#include <tqapplication.h>
+#include <tqvaluelist.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
+#include <tqstyle.h>
+#include <tqdatetimeedit.h> //need for TQTimeEdit
+
+#define EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR '0'
+
+static TQString	*lDateSep = 0;
+static TQString	*lTimeSep = 0;
+static bool	lAMPM	  = FALSE;
+static TQString	*lAM	  = 0;
+static TQString	*lPM	  = 0;
+static ExtDateEdit::Order	lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YMD;
+static int refcount = 0;
+
+static void cleanup()
+{
+    delete lDateSep;
+    lDateSep = 0;
+    delete lTimeSep;
+    lTimeSep = 0;
+    delete lAM;
+    lAM = 0;
+    delete lPM;
+    lPM = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+\internal
+try to get the order of DMY and the date/time separator from the locale settings
+*/
+static void readLocaleSettings()
+{
+    int dpos, mpos, ypos;
+    cleanup();
+
+    lDateSep = new TQString();
+    lTimeSep = new TQString();
+
+#if defined(TQ_WS_WIN)
+    TQT_WA( {
+	TCHAR data[10];
+	GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_SDATE, data, 10 );
+	*lDateSep = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data );
+	GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_STIME, data, 10 );
+	*lTimeSep = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data );
+	GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_ITIME, data, 10 );
+	lAMPM = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data ).toInt()==0;
+	GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S1159, data, 10 );
+	TQString am = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data );
+	if ( !am.isEmpty() )
+	    lAM = new TQString( am );
+	GetLocaleInfo( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S2359, data, 10 );
+	TQString pm = TQString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)data );
+	if ( !pm.isEmpty()  )
+	    lPM = new TQString( pm );
+    } , {
+	char data[10];
+	GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_SDATE, (char*)&data, 10 );
+	*lDateSep = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data );
+	GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_STIME, (char*)&data, 10 );
+	*lTimeSep = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data );
+	GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_ITIME, (char*)&data, 10 );
+	lAMPM = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data ).toInt()==0;
+	GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S1159, (char*)&data, 10 );
+	TQString am = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data );
+	if ( !am.isEmpty() )
+	    lAM = new TQString( am );
+	GetLocaleInfoA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, LOCALE_S2359, (char*)&data, 10 );
+	TQString pm = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( data );
+	if ( !pm.isEmpty() )
+	    lPM = new TQString( pm );
+    } );
+#else
+    *lDateSep = "-";
+    *lTimeSep = ":";
+#endif
+    TQString d = ExtDate( 1999, 11, 22 ).toString( Qt::LocalDate );
+    dpos = d.find( "22" );
+    mpos = d.find( "11" );
+    ypos = d.find( "99" );
+    if ( dpos > -1 && mpos > -1 && ypos > -1 ) {
+	// test for DMY, MDY, YMD, YDM
+	if ( dpos < mpos && mpos < ypos ) {
+	    lOrder = ExtDateEdit::DMY;
+	} else if ( mpos < dpos && dpos < ypos ) {
+	    lOrder = ExtDateEdit::MDY;
+	} else if ( ypos < mpos && mpos < dpos ) {
+	    lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YMD;
+	} else if ( ypos < dpos && dpos < mpos ) {
+	    lOrder = ExtDateEdit::YDM;
+	} else {
+	    // cannot determine the dateformat - use the default
+	    return;
+	}
+
+	// this code needs to change if new formats are added
+
+#ifndef TQ_WS_WIN
+	TQString sep = d.mid( TQMIN( dpos, mpos ) + 2, TQABS( dpos - mpos ) - 2 );
+	if ( d.contains( sep ) == 2 ) {
+	    *lDateSep = sep;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+#ifndef TQ_WS_WIN
+    TQString t = TQTime( 11, 22, 33 ).toString( Qt::LocalDate );
+    dpos = t.find( "11" );
+    mpos = t.find( "22" );
+    ypos = t.find( "33" );
+    // We only allow hhmmss
+    if ( dpos > -1 && dpos < mpos && mpos < ypos ) {
+	TQString sep = t.mid( dpos + 2, mpos - dpos - 2 );
+	if ( sep == t.mid( mpos + 2, ypos - mpos - 2 ) ) {
+	    *lTimeSep = sep;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static ExtDateEdit::Order localOrder() {
+    if ( !lDateSep ) {
+	readLocaleSettings();
+    }
+    return lOrder;
+}
+
+static TQString localDateSep() {
+    if ( !lDateSep ) {
+	readLocaleSettings();
+    }
+    return *lDateSep;
+}
+
+static TQString localTimeSep() {
+    if ( !lTimeSep ) {
+	readLocaleSettings();
+    }
+    return *lTimeSep;
+}
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate
+{
+public:
+    ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate()
+	: frm( TRUE ),
+	  parag( new TQTextParagraph( 0, 0, 0, FALSE ) ),
+	  focusSec(0)
+    {
+	parag->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
+	cursor = new TQTextCursor( 0 );
+	cursor->setParagraph( parag );
+	offset = 0;
+	sep = localDateSep();
+	refcount++;
+    }
+    ~ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate()
+    {
+	delete parag;
+	delete cursor;
+	if ( !--refcount )
+	    cleanup();
+    }
+
+    void appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec )
+    {
+	sections.append( sec );
+
+    }
+    void clearSections()
+    {
+	sections.clear();
+    }
+    void setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend )
+    {
+	if ( sec < 0 || sec > (int)sections.count() )
+	    return;
+	sections[sec].setSelectionStart( selstart );
+	sections[sec].setSelectionEnd( selend );
+    }
+    uint sectionCount() const { return (uint)sections.count(); }
+    void setSeparator( const TQString& s ) { sep = s; }
+    TQString separator() const { return sep; }
+
+    void setFrame( bool f ) { frm = f; }
+    bool frame() const { return frm; }
+
+    int focusSection() const { return focusSec; }
+    int section( const TQPoint& p )
+    {
+	cursor->place( p + TQPoint( offset, 0 ), parag );
+	int idx = cursor->index();
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < sections.count(); ++i ) {
+	    if ( idx >= sections[i].selectionStart() &&
+		 idx <= sections[i].selectionEnd() )
+		return i;
+	}
+	return -1;
+    }
+    TQNumberSection section( int idx ) const
+    {
+	return sections[idx];
+    }
+    bool setFocusSection( int idx )
+    {
+	if ( idx > (int)sections.count()-1 || idx < 0 )
+	    return FALSE;
+	if ( idx != focusSec ) {
+	    focusSec = idx;
+	    applyFocusSelection();
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    bool inSectionSelection( int idx )
+    {
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < sections.count(); ++i ) {
+	    if ( idx >= sections[i].selectionStart() &&
+		 idx <= sections[i].selectionEnd() )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    void paint( const TQString& txt, bool focus, TQPainter& p,
+		const TQColorGroup& cg, const TQRect& rect, TQStyle& style )
+    {
+	int fw = 0;
+	if ( frm )
+	    fw = style.tqpixelMetric(TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth);
+
+	parag->truncate( 0 );
+	parag->append( txt );
+	if ( !focus )
+	    parag->removeSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard );
+	else {
+	    applyFocusSelection();
+	}
+
+	/* color all EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR chars to background color */
+	TQTextFormat *fb = parag->formatCollection()->format( p.font(),
+							     cg.base() );
+	TQTextFormat *nf = parag->formatCollection()->format( p.font(),
+							     cg.text() );
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) {
+	    parag->setFormat( i, 1, nf );
+	    if ( inSectionSelection( i ) )
+		continue;
+	    if ( txt.at(i) == EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR )
+		parag->setFormat( i, 1, fb );
+	    else
+		parag->setFormat( i, 1, nf );
+	}
+	fb->removeRef();
+	nf->removeRef();
+
+	TQRect r( rect.x(), rect.y(), rect.width() - 2 * ( 2 + fw ), rect.height() );
+	parag->pseudoDocument()->docRect = r;
+	parag->tqinvalidate(0);
+	parag->format();
+
+	int xoff = 2 + fw - offset;
+	int yoff = ( rect.height() - parag->rect().height() + 1 ) / 2;
+	if ( yoff < 0 )
+	    yoff = 0;
+
+	p.translate( xoff, yoff );
+	parag->paint( p, cg, 0, TRUE );
+	if ( frm )
+	    p.translate( -xoff, -yoff );
+    }
+
+    void resize( const TQSize& size ) { sz = size; }
+
+    int mapSection( int sec )
+    {
+	return sections[sec].index();
+    }
+
+protected:
+    void applyFocusSelection()
+    {
+	if ( focusSec > -1 ) {
+	    int selstart = sections[ focusSec ].selectionStart();
+	    int selend = sections[ focusSec ].selectionEnd();
+	    parag->setSelection( TQTextDocument::Standard, selstart, selend );
+	    parag->format();
+	    if ( parag->at( selstart )->x < offset ||
+		 parag->at( selend )->x + parag->string()->width( selend ) > offset + sz.width() ) {
+		offset = parag->at( selstart )->x;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+private:
+    bool frm;
+    TQTextParagraph *parag;
+    TQTextCursor *cursor;
+    TQSize sz;
+    int focusSec;
+    TQValueList< TQNumberSection > sections;
+    TQString sep;
+    int offset;
+};
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty datetime editor with parent \a parent and
+    called \a name.
+*/
+ExtDateTimeEditor::ExtDateTimeEditor( ExtDateTimeEditBase * parent,
+				  const char * name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name, WNoAutoErase )
+{
+    d = new ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate();
+    cw = parent;
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+ExtDateTimeEditor::~ExtDateTimeEditor()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::init()
+{
+    setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
+    setFocusSection( -1 );
+    installEventFilter( this );
+    setFocusPolicy( TQ_WheelFocus );
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTimeEditor::event( TQEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusIn || e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) {
+ 	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut )
+  	    tqApp->sendEvent( cw, e );
+	update( rect() );
+    } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::AccelOverride ) {
+	TQKeyEvent* ke = (TQKeyEvent*) e;
+	switch ( ke->key() ) {
+	case Key_Delete:
+	case Key_Backspace:
+	case Key_Up:
+	case Key_Down:
+	case Key_Left:
+	case Key_Right:
+	    ke->accept();
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return TQWidget::event( e );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent *e )
+{
+    d->resize( e->size() );
+    TQWidget::resizeEvent( e );
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
+{
+    TQString txt;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < d->sectionCount(); ++i ) {
+	txt += cw->sectionFormattedText( i );
+	if ( i < d->sectionCount()-1 ) {
+	    if ( d->section( i+1 ).separator() )
+		txt += d->separator();
+	    else
+		txt += " ";
+	}
+    }
+
+    TQSharedDoubleBuffer buffer( this );
+    const TQBrush &bg =
+	tqcolorGroup().brush( isEnabled() ? TQColorGroup::Base : TQColorGroup::Background );
+    buffer.painter()->fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), bg );
+    d->paint( txt, hasFocus(), *buffer.painter(), tqcolorGroup(), rect(),
+	      tqstyle() );
+    buffer.end();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the section index at point \a p.
+*/
+int ExtDateTimeEditor::sectionAt( const TQPoint &p )
+{
+    return d->section( p );
+}
+
+int ExtDateTimeEditor::mapSection( int sec )
+{
+    return d->mapSection( sec );
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e )
+{
+    TQPoint p( e->pos().x(), 0 );
+    int sec = sectionAt( p );
+    if ( sec != -1 ) {
+	cw->setFocusSection( sec );
+	tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+bool ExtDateTimeEditor::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( TQT_BASE_OBJECT(o) == TQT_BASE_OBJECT(this) ) {
+	if ( e->type() == TQEvent::KeyPress ) {
+	    TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent*)e;
+	    switch ( ke->key() ) {
+	    case Key_Right:
+		if ( d->focusSection() < (int)d->sectionCount()-1 ) {
+		    if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()+1 ) )
+			tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE );
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Left:
+		if ( d->focusSection() > 0 ) {
+		    if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()-1 ) )
+			tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE );
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Up:
+		cw->stepUp();
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Down:
+		cw->stepDown();
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Backspace:
+		if ( ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateEdit*>(cw) )
+		    ((ExtDateEdit*)cw)->removeFirstNumber( d->focusSection() );
+		else if ( ::tqqt_cast<TQTimeEdit*>(cw) )
+		    ((TQTimeEdit*)cw)->removeFirstNumber( d->focusSection() );
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Delete:
+		cw->removeLastNumber( d->focusSection() );
+		return TRUE;
+	    case Key_Tab:
+	    case Key_BackTab: {
+		if ( ke->state() == TQt::ControlButton )
+		    return FALSE;
+
+		TQWidget *w = this;
+		bool hadDateEdit = FALSE;
+		while ( w ) {
+		    if ( ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeSpinWidget*>(w) && qstrcmp( w->name(), "qt_spin_widget" ) != 0 ||
+			 ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) )
+			break;
+		    hadDateEdit = hadDateEdit || ::tqqt_cast<ExtDateEdit*>(w);
+		    w = w->parentWidget();
+		}
+
+		if ( w ) {
+		    if ( !::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) ) {
+			w = w->parentWidget();
+		    } else {
+			ExtDateTimeEdit *ed = (ExtDateTimeEdit*)w;
+			if ( hadDateEdit && ke->key() == Key_Tab ) {
+			    ed->timeEdit()->setFocus();
+			    return TRUE;
+			} else if ( !hadDateEdit && ke->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
+			    ed->dateEdit()->setFocus();
+			    return TRUE;
+			} else {
+			    while ( w && !::tqqt_cast<ExtDateTimeEdit*>(w) )
+				w = w->parentWidget();
+			}
+		    }
+
+		    tqApp->sendEvent( w, e );
+		    return TRUE;
+		}
+	    } break;
+	    default:
+		TQString txt = TQString(ke->text()).lower();
+		if ( !txt.isEmpty() && !separator().isEmpty() && txt[0] == separator()[0] ) {
+		    // do the same thing as KEY_RIGHT when the user presses the separator key
+		    if ( d->focusSection() < 2 ) {
+			if ( cw->setFocusSection( focusSection()+1 ) )
+			    tqrepaint( rect(), FALSE );
+		    }
+		    return TRUE;
+		} else if ( !txt.isEmpty() && ::tqqt_cast<TQTimeEdit*>(cw) && focusSection() == (int) d->sectionCount()-1 ) {
+		    // the first character of the AM/PM indicator toggles if the section has focus
+		    TQTimeEdit *te = (TQTimeEdit*)cw;
+		    TQTime time = te->time();
+		    if ( lAMPM && lAM && lPM && (te->display()&TQTimeEdit::AMPM) ) {
+			if ( txt[0] == (*lAM).lower()[0] && time.hour() >= 12 ) {
+			    time.setHMS( time.hour()-12, time.minute(), time.second(), time.msec() );
+			    te->setTime( time );
+			} else if ( txt[0] == (*lPM).lower()[0] && time.hour() < 12 ) {
+			    time.setHMS( time.hour()+12, time.minute(), time.second(), time.msec() );
+			    te->setTime( time );
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+
+		int num = txt[0].digitValue();
+		if ( num != -1 ) {
+		    cw->addNumber( d->focusSection(), num );
+		    return TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Appends the number section \a sec to the editor.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec )
+{
+    d->appendSection( sec );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all sections from the editor.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::clearSections()
+{
+    d->clearSections();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the selection of \a sec to start at \a selstart and end at \a
+    selend.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend )
+{
+    d->setSectionSelection( sec, selstart, selend );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the separator for all numbered sections to \a s. Note that
+    currently, only the first character of \a s is used.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEditor::setSeparator( const TQString& s )
+{
+    d->setSeparator( s );
+    update();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the editor's separator.
+*/
+
+TQString ExtDateTimeEditor::separator() const
+{
+    return d->separator();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of the section that has focus.
+*/
+
+int ExtDateTimeEditor::focusSection() const
+{
+    return d->focusSection();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the focus to section \a sec. If \a sec does not exist,
+    nothing happens.
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTimeEditor::setFocusSection( int sec )
+{
+    return d->setFocusSection( sec );
+}
+
+/*! \class ExtDateTimeEditBase ExtDatetimeedit.h
+    \brief The ExtDateTimeEditBase class provides an abstraction for date and edit editors.
+    \internal
+
+    Small abstract class that provides some functions that are common
+    for both ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit. Its used internally by
+    ExtDateTimeEditor.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQString ExtDateTimeEditBase::sectionFormattedText( int sec )
+    \internal
+
+  Pure virtual function which returns the formatted text of section \a
+  sec.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::stepUp()
+    \internal
+
+  Pure virtual slot which is called whenever the user increases the
+  number in a section by pressing the widget's arrow buttons or the
+  keyboard's arrow keys.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::stepDown()
+    \internal
+
+  Pure virtual slot which is called whenever the user decreases the
+  number in a section by pressing the widget's arrow buttons or the
+  keyboard's arrow keys.
+
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::addNumber( int sec, int num )
+    \internal
+
+  Pure virtual function which is called whenever the user types a number.
+  \a sec indicates the section where the number should be added. \a
+  num is the number that was pressed.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void ExtDateTimeEditBase::removeLastNumber( int sec )
+    \internal
+
+  Pure virtual function which is called whenever the user tries to
+  remove the last number from \a sec by pressing the delete key.
+*/
+
+////////////////
+
+class ExtDateEditPrivate
+{
+public:
+    int y;
+    int m;
+    int d;
+    // remebers the last entry for the day.
+    // if the day is 31 and you cycle through the months,
+    // the day will be 31 again if you reach a month with 31 days
+    // otherwise it will be the highest day in the month
+    int dayCache;
+    int yearSection;
+    int monthSection;
+    int daySection;
+    ExtDateEdit::Order ord;
+    bool overwrite;
+    bool adv;
+    int timerId;
+    bool typing;
+    ExtDate min;
+    ExtDate max;
+    bool changed;
+    ExtDateTimeEditor *ed;
+    TQSpinWidget *controls;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class ExtDateEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h
+    \brief The ExtDateEdit class provides a date editor.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup time
+
+    ExtDateEdit allows the user to edit dates by using the keyboard or
+    the arrow keys to increase/decrease date values. The arrow keys
+    can be used to move from section to section within the ExtDateEdit
+    box. Dates appear in accordance with the local date/time settings
+    or in year, month, day order if the system doesn't provide this
+    information. It is recommended that the ExtDateEdit be initialised
+    with a date, e.g.
+
+    \code
+    ExtDateEdit *dateEdit = new ExtDateEdit( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), this );
+    dateEdit->setRange( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().addDays( -365 ),
+			ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().addDays(  365 ) );
+    dateEdit->setOrder( ExtDateEdit::MDY );
+    dateEdit->setAutoAdvance( TRUE );
+    \endcode
+
+    Here we've created a new ExtDateEdit object initialised with today's
+    date and restricted the valid date range to today plus or minus
+    365 days. We've set the order to month, day, year. If the auto
+    advance property is TRUE (as we've set it here) when the user
+    completes a section of the date, e.g. enters two digits for the
+    month, they are automatically taken to the next section.
+
+    The maximum and minimum values for a date value in the date editor
+    default to the maximum and minimum values for a ExtDate. You can
+    change this by calling setMinValue(), setMaxValue() or setRange().
+
+    Terminology: A ExtDateEdit widget comprises three 'sections', one
+    each for the year, month and day. You can change the separator
+    character using ExtDateTimeEditor::setSeparator(), by default the
+    separator will be taken from the systems settings. If that is
+    not possible, it defaults to "-".
+
+    \image html datetimewidgets.png "Date Time Widgets"
+
+    \sa ExtDate TQTimeEdit ExtDateTimeEdit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum ExtDateEdit::Order
+
+    This enum defines the order in which the sections that comprise a
+    date appear.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQTimeEdit::Display
+
+    This enum defines the sections that comprise a time
+
+    \value Hours The hours section
+    \value Minutes The minutes section
+    \value Seconds The seconds section
+    \value AMPM The AM/PM section
+
+    The values can be or'ed together to show any combination.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty date editor which is a child of \a parent and
+    called name \a name.
+*/
+
+ExtDateEdit::ExtDateEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+    updateButtons();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a date editor with the initial value \a date, parent \a
+    parent and called \a name.
+
+    The date editor is initialized with \a date.
+*/
+
+ExtDateEdit::ExtDateEdit( const ExtDate& date, TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+    setDate( date );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+void ExtDateEdit::init()
+{
+  d = new ExtDateEditPrivate();
+  d->controls = new ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( this, 
+      qstrcmp( name(), "qt_datetime_dateedit" ) == 0 ? 
+      "qt_spin_widget" : "date edit controls" );
+  d->ed = new ExtDateTimeEditor( this, "date editor" );
+  d->controls->setEditWidget( d->ed );
+  setFocusProxy( d->ed );
+  connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepUpPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepUp() ) );
+  connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepDownPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepDown() ) );
+  connect( this, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged(const ExtDate&) ),
+      TQT_SLOT( updateButtons() ) );
+  d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,4 ) );
+  d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 5,7 ) );
+  d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 8,10 ) );
+
+  d->yearSection = -1;
+  d->monthSection = -1;
+  d->daySection = -1;
+
+  d->y = 0;
+  d->m = 0;
+  d->d = 0;
+  d->dayCache = 0;
+  setOrder( localOrder() );
+  setFocusSection( 0 );
+  d->overwrite = TRUE;
+  d->adv = FALSE;
+  d->timerId = 0;
+  d->typing = FALSE;
+  d->min = ExtDate( -50000, 1, 1 );
+  d->max = ExtDate( 50000, 12, 31 );
+  d->changed = FALSE;
+
+  tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed );
+
+  refcount++;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+ExtDateEdit::~ExtDateEdit()
+{
+  delete d;
+  if ( !--refcount )
+    cleanup();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateEdit::minValue
+
+    \brief the editor's minimum value
+
+    Setting the minimum date value is equivalent to calling
+    ExtDateEdit::setRange( \e d, maxValue() ), where \e d is the minimum
+    date. The default minimum date is 1752-09-14.
+
+    \sa maxValue setRange()
+*/
+
+ExtDate ExtDateEdit::minValue() const
+{
+  return d->min;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateEdit::maxValue
+
+    \brief the editor's maximum value
+
+    Setting the maximum date value for the editor is equivalent to
+    calling ExtDateEdit::setRange( minValue(), \e d ), where \e d is the
+    maximum date. The default maximum date is 8000-12-31.
+
+    \sa minValue setRange()
+*/
+
+ExtDate ExtDateEdit::maxValue() const
+{
+  return d->max;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \a min to \a
+    max inclusive. If \a min is invalid no minimum date will be set.
+    Similarly, if \a max is invalid no maximum date will be set.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setRange( const ExtDate& min, const ExtDate& max )
+{
+  if ( min.isValid() )
+    d->min = min;
+  if ( max.isValid() )
+    d->max = max;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the separator to \a s. Note that currently only the first
+    character of \a s is used.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setSeparator( const TQString& s )
+{
+  d->ed->setSeparator( s );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the editor's separator.
+*/
+
+TQString ExtDateEdit::separator() const
+{
+  return d->ed->separator();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Enables/disables the push buttons according to the min/max date
+    for this widget.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::updateButtons()
+{
+  if ( !isEnabled() )
+    return;
+
+  fix();
+  
+  bool upEnabled = date() < maxValue();
+  bool downEnabled = date() > minValue();
+
+  d->controls->setUpEnabled( upEnabled );
+  d->controls->setDownEnabled( downEnabled );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+ */
+void ExtDateEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
+{
+  d->controls->resize( width(), height() );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+TQSize ExtDateEdit::tqsizeHint() const
+{
+  constPolish();
+  TQFontMetrics fm( font() );
+  int fw = tqstyle().tqpixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth, this );
+  int h = TQMAX( fm.lineSpacing(), 14 ) + 2;
+  int w = 2 + fm.width( '9' ) * 8 + fm.width( d->ed->separator() ) * 2 
+            + d->controls->upRect().width() + fw * 4;
+
+  return TQSize( w, TQMAX(h + fw * 2,20) ).expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+TQSize ExtDateEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const
+{
+  return tqsizeHint();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the formatted number for section \a sec. This will
+    correspond to either the year, month or day section, depending on
+    the current display order.
+
+    \sa setOrder()
+*/
+
+TQString ExtDateEdit::sectionFormattedText( int sec )
+{
+  TQString txt;
+  txt = sectionText( sec );
+  if ( d->typing && sec == d->ed->focusSection() )
+    d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) - txt.length(),
+        sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) );
+  else
+    d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) - sectionLength( sec ),
+        sectionOffsetEnd( sec ) );
+  
+  txt = txt.rightJustify( sectionLength( sec ), EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR );
+  return txt;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the desired length (number of digits) of section \a sec.
+    This will correspond to either the year, month or day section,
+    depending on the current display order.
+
+    \sa setOrder()
+*/
+
+int ExtDateEdit::sectionLength( int sec ) const
+{
+  int val = 0;
+  if ( sec == d->yearSection ) 
+    val = 4;
+  else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) 
+    val = 2;
+  else if ( sec == d->daySection ) 
+    val = 2;
+  
+  return val;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of section \a sec. This will correspond to either
+    the year, month or day section, depending on the current display
+    order.
+
+    \sa setOrder()
+*/
+
+TQString ExtDateEdit::sectionText( int sec ) const
+{
+  int val = 0;
+  if ( sec == d->yearSection ) 
+    val = d->y;
+  else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) 
+    val = d->m;
+  else if ( sec == d->daySection ) 
+    val = d->d;
+    
+  return TQString::number( val );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the end of the section offset \a sec.
+
+*/
+
+int ExtDateEdit::sectionOffsetEnd( int sec ) const
+{
+  if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+    switch( d->ord ) {
+      case DMY:
+      case MDY:
+        return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec );
+      case YMD:
+      case YDM:
+        return sectionLength( sec );
+    }
+  } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+    switch( d->ord ) {
+      case DMY:
+      case YDM:
+      case YMD:
+        return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec );
+      case MDY:
+        return sectionLength( sec );
+    }
+  } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+    switch( d->ord ) {
+      case DMY:
+        return sectionLength( sec );
+      case YMD:
+      case MDY:
+      case YDM:
+        return sectionOffsetEnd( sec-1 ) + separator().length() + sectionLength( sec );
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateEdit::order
+    \brief the order in which the year, month and day appear
+
+    The default order is locale dependent.
+
+    \sa Order
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setOrder( ExtDateEdit::Order order )
+{
+  d->ord = order;
+  switch( d->ord ) {
+    case DMY:
+      d->yearSection = 2;
+      d->monthSection = 1;
+      d->daySection = 0;
+      break;
+    case MDY:
+      d->yearSection = 2;
+      d->monthSection = 0;
+      d->daySection = 1;
+      break;
+    case YMD:
+      d->yearSection = 0;
+      d->monthSection = 1;
+      d->daySection = 2;
+      break;
+    case YDM:
+      d->yearSection = 0;
+      d->monthSection = 2;
+      d->daySection = 1;
+      break;
+  }
+  
+  if ( isVisible() )
+    d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+
+ExtDateEdit::Order ExtDateEdit::order() const
+{
+  return d->ord;
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+void ExtDateEdit::stepUp()
+{
+  int sec = d->ed->focusSection();
+  bool accepted = FALSE;
+  if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+    if ( !outOfRange( d->y+1, d->m, d->d ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setYear( d->y+1 );
+    }
+  } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+  	if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m+1, d->d ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setMonth( d->m+1 );
+  	}
+  } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+    if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m, d->d+1 ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setDay( d->d+1 );
+    }
+  }
+  if ( accepted ) {
+    d->changed = TRUE;
+    emit valueChanged( date() );
+  }
+  
+  d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::stepDown()
+{
+  int sec = d->ed->focusSection();
+  bool accepted = FALSE;
+  if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+    if ( !outOfRange( d->y-1, d->m, d->d ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setYear( d->y-1 );
+    }
+  } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+    if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m-1, d->d ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setMonth( d->m-1 );
+    }
+  } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+    if ( !outOfRange( d->y, d->m, d->d-1 ) ) {
+      accepted = TRUE;
+      setDay( d->d-1 );
+    }
+  }
+  if ( accepted ) {
+    d->changed = TRUE;
+    emit valueChanged( date() );
+  }
+  
+  d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the year to \a year, which must be a valid year. The range
+    currently supported is from 1752 to 8000.
+
+    \sa ExtDate
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setYear( int year )
+{
+  if ( !outOfRange( year, d->m, d->d ) ) {
+    d->y = year;
+    setMonth( d->m );
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the month to \a month, which must be a valid month, i.e.
+    between 1 and 12.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setMonth( int month )
+{
+  if ( month < 1 )
+    month = 1;
+  if ( month > 12 )
+    month = 12;
+  if ( !outOfRange( d->y, month, d->d ) ) {
+    d->m = month;
+    setDay( d->d );
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the day to \a day, which must be a valid day. The function
+    will ensure that the \a day set is valid for the month and year.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setDay( int day )
+{
+  ExtDate test = ExtDate( d->y, d->m, 1 );
+  
+  if ( day < 1 )
+    day = 1;
+  if ( day > test.daysInMonth() )
+    day = test.daysInMonth();
+  
+  d->dayCache = d->d;
+  d->d = day;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateEdit::date
+    \brief the editor's date value.
+
+    If the date property is not valid, the editor displays all zeroes
+    and ExtDateEdit::date() will return an invalid date. It is strongly
+    recommended that the editor is given a default date value (e.g.
+    tqcurrentDate()). That way, attempts to set the date property to an
+    invalid date will fail.
+
+    When changing the date property, if the date is less than
+    minValue(), or is greater than maxValue(), nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setDate( const ExtDate& date )
+{
+  if ( !date.isValid() ) {
+    d->y = 0;
+    d->m = 0;
+    d->d = 0;
+    d->dayCache = 0;
+  } else {
+    if ( date > maxValue() || date < minValue() )
+      return;
+    d->y = date.year();
+    d->m = date.month();
+    d->d = date.day();
+    d->dayCache = d->d;
+    emit valueChanged( date );
+  }
+  d->changed = FALSE;
+  d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDateEdit::date() const
+{
+    if ( ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) )
+	return ExtDate( d->y, d->m, d->d );
+    return ExtDate();
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if \a y, \a m, \a d is out of range, otherwise returns
+  FALSE.
+
+  \sa setRange()
+
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateEdit::outOfRange( int y, int m, int d ) const
+{
+  if ( ExtDate::isValid( y, m, d ) ) {
+    ExtDate tqcurrentDate( y, m, d );
+    if ( tqcurrentDate > maxValue() || tqcurrentDate < minValue() ) {
+	    //## outOfRange should set overwrite?
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  return FALSE; /* assume ok */
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::addNumber( int sec, int num )
+{
+    if ( sec == -1 )
+	return;
+    killTimer( d->timerId );
+    bool overwrite = FALSE;
+    bool accepted = FALSE;
+    d->typing = TRUE;
+    TQString txt;
+    if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+      if ( d->overwrite ) {
+	d->y = num;
+	d->overwrite = FALSE;
+	accepted = TRUE;
+      } else {
+	txt = TQString::number( 10*d->y + num );
+	if ( txt.length() > 5 ) txt = txt.mid(1);
+	d->y = txt.toInt();
+	accepted = TRUE;
+      }
+/*
+	txt = TQString::number( d->y );
+	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 4 ) {
+	    accepted = TRUE;
+	    d->y = num;
+	} else {
+	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+	    if ( txt.length() == 4  ) {
+		int val = txt.toInt();
+		if ( val < 1792 )
+		    d->y = 1792;
+		else if ( val > 8000 )
+		    d->y = 8000;
+		else if ( outOfRange( val, d->m, d->d ) )
+		    txt = TQString::number( d->y );
+		else {
+		    accepted = TRUE;
+		    d->y = val;
+		}
+	    } else {
+		accepted = TRUE;
+		d->y = txt.toInt();
+	    }
+	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 4 ) {
+		d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+		overwrite = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+*/
+    } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) {
+	    accepted = TRUE;
+	    d->m = num;
+	} else {
+	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+	    int temp = txt.toInt();
+	    if ( temp > 12 )
+		temp = num;
+	    if ( outOfRange( d->y, temp, d->d ) )
+		txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+	    else {
+		accepted = TRUE;
+		d->m = temp;
+	    }
+	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) {
+		d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+		overwrite = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->d );
+	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) {
+	    accepted = TRUE;
+	    d->d = num;
+	    d->dayCache = d->d;
+	} else {
+	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+	    int temp = txt.toInt();
+	    if ( temp > 31 )
+		temp = num;
+	    if ( outOfRange( d->y, d->m, temp ) )
+		txt = TQString::number( d->d );
+	    else {
+		accepted = TRUE;
+		d->d = temp;
+		d->dayCache = d->d;
+	    }
+	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) {
+		d->ed->setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+		overwrite = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if ( accepted ) {
+	d->changed = TRUE;
+	emit valueChanged( date() );
+    }
+    d->overwrite = overwrite;
+    d->timerId = startTimer( tqApp->doubleClickInterval()*4 );
+    d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateEdit::setFocusSection( int s )
+{
+  if ( s != d->ed->focusSection() ) {
+    killTimer( d->timerId );
+    d->overwrite = TRUE;
+    d->typing = FALSE;
+    fix(); // will emit valueChanged if necessary
+  }
+  return d->ed->setFocusSection( s );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Attempts to fix any invalid date entries.
+
+    The rules applied are as follows:
+
+    - if the day is larger than the number of days in the month, 
+    - it is reset to that number
+    - If the year has four digits it is left unchanged.
+    - If the year has two digits, the year will be changed to four
+      digits in the range current year - 70 to current year + 29.
+    - If the year has three digits in the range 100..999, the
+      current millennium, i.e. 2000, will be added giving a year
+      in the range 2100..2999.
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::fix()
+{
+  bool changed = FALSE;
+  
+  ExtDate test = ExtDate( d->y, d->m, 1 );
+  if ( d->d > test.daysInMonth() ) {
+    
+    d->d = test.daysInMonth();
+    changed = TRUE;
+  }
+  
+  int currentYear = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate().year();
+  int year = d->y;
+/* No longer valid for extended dates
+  if ( year < 100 ) {
+    int currentCentury = currentYear / 100;
+    year += currentCentury * 100;
+    if ( currentYear > year ) {
+        if ( currentYear > year + 70 )
+      year += 100;
+    } else {
+        if ( year >= currentYear + 30 )
+      year -= 100;
+    }
+    changed = TRUE;
+      } else if ( year < 1000 ) {
+    int currentMillennium = currentYear / 10;
+    year += currentMillennium * 10;
+    changed = TRUE;
+  }
+*/
+  if ( changed && outOfRange( year, d->m, d->d ) ) {
+  	if ( minValue().isValid() && date() < minValue() ) {
+	    d->d =  minValue().day();
+	    d->dayCache = d->d;
+	    d->m = minValue().month();
+	    d->y = minValue().year();
+    }
+    if ( date() > maxValue() ) {
+	    d->d =  maxValue().day();
+	    d->dayCache = d->d;
+	    d->m = maxValue().month();
+	    d->y = maxValue().year();
+    }
+  } else if ( changed )
+    setYear( year );
+    
+  if ( changed ) {
+//    emit valueChanged( date() );
+//    d->changed = FALSE;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateEdit::event( TQEvent *e )
+{
+  if( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) {
+    d->typing = FALSE;
+    d->overwrite = TRUE;
+    // the following can't be done in fix() because fix() called
+    // from all over the place and it will break the old behaviour
+    if ( !ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) ) {
+      d->dayCache = d->d;
+      int i = d->d;
+      for ( ; i > 0; i-- ) {
+        d->d = i;
+        if ( ExtDate::isValid( d->y, d->m, d->d ) )
+          break;
+      }
+      d->changed = TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( d->changed ) {
+      fix();
+      emit valueChanged( date() );
+      d->changed = FALSE;
+    }
+  } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::LocaleChange ) {
+    readLocaleSettings();
+    d->ed->setSeparator( localDateSep() );
+    setOrder( localOrder() );
+  }
+
+  bool result = ExtDateTimeEditBase::event( e ); 
+  
+  return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Function which is called whenever the user tries to
+  remove the first number from \a sec by pressing the backspace key.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::removeFirstNumber( int sec )
+{
+    if ( sec == -1 )
+	return;
+    TQString txt;
+    if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->y );
+	txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0";
+	d->y = txt.toInt();
+    } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+	txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0";
+	d->m = txt.toInt();
+    } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->d );
+	txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0";
+	d->d = txt.toInt();
+	d->dayCache = d->d;
+    }
+    d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::removeLastNumber( int sec )
+{
+    if ( sec == -1 )
+	return;
+    TQString txt;
+    if ( sec == d->yearSection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->y );
+	txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 );
+	d->y = txt.toInt();
+    } else if ( sec == d->monthSection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+	txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 );
+	d->m = txt.toInt();
+    } else if ( sec == d->daySection ) {
+	txt = TQString::number( d->d );
+	txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 );
+	d->d = txt.toInt();
+	d->dayCache = d->d;
+    }
+    d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateEdit::autoAdvance
+    \brief whether the editor automatically advances to the next
+    section
+
+    If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
+    focus to the next date section if a user has completed a section.
+    The default is FALSE.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance )
+{
+    d->adv = advance;
+}
+
+
+bool ExtDateEdit::autoAdvance() const
+{
+    return d->adv;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+*/
+
+void ExtDateEdit::timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * )
+{
+    d->overwrite = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void ExtDateEdit::valueChanged( const ExtDate& date )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the editor's value changes. The \a
+    date parameter is the new value.
+*/
+
+///////////
+
+class TQTimeEditPrivate
+{
+public:
+    int h;
+    int m;
+    int s;
+    uint display;
+    bool adv;
+    bool overwrite;
+    int timerId;
+    bool typing;
+    TQTime min;
+    TQTime max;
+    bool changed;
+    ExtDateTimeEditor *ed;
+    TQSpinWidget *controls;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQTimeEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h
+    \brief The TQTimeEdit class provides a time editor.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup time
+    \mainclass
+
+    TQTimeEdit allows the user to edit times by using the keyboard or
+    the arrow keys to increase/decrease time values. The arrow keys
+    can be used to move from section to section within the TQTimeEdit
+    box. The user can automatically be moved to the next section once
+    they complete a section using setAutoAdvance(). Times appear in
+    hour, minute, second order. It is recommended that the TQTimeEdit
+    is initialised with a time, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQTime timeNow = TQTime::currentTime();
+    TQTimeEdit *timeEdit = new TQTimeEdit( timeNow, this );
+    timeEdit->setRange( timeNow, timeNow.addSecs( 60 * 60 ) );
+    \endcode
+    Here we've created a TQTimeEdit widget set to the current time.
+    We've also set the minimum value to the current time and the
+    maximum time to one hour from now.
+
+    The maximum and minimum values for a time value in the time editor
+    default to the maximum and minimum values for a TQTime. You can
+    change this by calling setMinValue(), setMaxValue() or setRange().
+
+    Terminology: A TQTimeWidget consists of three sections, one each
+    for the hour, minute and second. You can change the separator
+    character using setSeparator(), by default the separator is read
+    from the system's settings.
+
+    \img datetimewidgets.png Date Time Widgets
+
+    \sa TQTime ExtDateEdit ExtDateTimeEdit
+*/
+
+
+// /*!
+//     Constructs an empty time edit with parent \a parent and called \a
+//     name.
+// */
+//
+// TQTimeEdit::TQTimeEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+//     : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name )
+// {
+//     init();
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \overload
+//
+//     Constructs a time edit with the initial time value, \a time,
+//     parent \a parent and called \a name.
+// */
+//
+// TQTimeEdit::TQTimeEdit( const TQTime& time, TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+//     : ExtDateTimeEditBase( parent, name )
+// {
+//     init();
+//     setTime( time );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \internal
+//  */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::init()
+// {
+//     d = new TQTimeEditPrivate();
+//     d->ed = new ExtDateTimeEditor( this, "time edit base" );
+//     d->controls = new ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( this, qstrcmp( name(), "qt_datetime_timeedit" ) == 0 ? "qt_spin_widget" : "time edit controls" );
+//     d->controls->setEditWidget( d->ed );
+//     setFocusProxy( d->ed );
+//     connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepUpPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepUp() ) );
+//     connect( d->controls, TQT_SIGNAL( stepDownPressed() ), TQT_SLOT( stepDown() ) );
+//
+//     d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 0 ) );
+//     d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 1 ) );
+//     d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 2 ) );
+//     d->ed->setSeparator( localTimeSep() );
+//
+//     d->h = 0;
+//     d->m = 0;
+//     d->s = 0;
+//     d->display = Hours | Minutes | Seconds;
+//     if ( lAMPM ) {
+// 	d->display |= AMPM;
+// 	d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, FALSE, 3 ) );
+//     }
+//     d->adv = FALSE;
+//     d->overwrite = TRUE;
+//     d->timerId = 0;
+//     d->typing = FALSE;
+//     d->min = TQTime( 0, 0, 0 );
+//     d->max = TQTime( 23, 59, 59 );
+//     d->changed = FALSE;
+//
+//     tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed );
+//
+//     refcount++;
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+// */
+//
+// TQTimeEdit::~TQTimeEdit()
+// {
+//     delete d;
+//     if ( !--refcount )
+// 	cleanup();
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \property TQTimeEdit::minValue
+//     \brief the minimum time value
+//
+//     Setting the minimum time value is equivalent to calling
+//     TQTimeEdit::setRange( \e t, maxValue() ), where \e t is the minimum
+//     time. The default minimum time is 00:00:00.
+//
+//     \sa maxValue setRange()
+// */
+//
+// TQTime TQTimeEdit::minValue() const
+// {
+//     return d->min;
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \property TQTimeEdit::maxValue
+//     \brief the maximum time value
+//
+//     Setting the maximum time value is equivalent to calling
+//     TQTimeEdit::setRange( minValue(), \e t ), where \e t is the maximum
+//     time. The default maximum time is 23:59:59.
+//
+//     \sa minValue setRange()
+// */
+//
+// TQTime TQTimeEdit::maxValue() const
+// {
+//     return d->max;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from \a min to \a
+//     max inclusive. If \a min is invalid no minimum time is set.
+//     Similarly, if \a max is invalid no maximum time is set.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setRange( const TQTime& min, const TQTime& max )
+// {
+//     if ( min.isValid() )
+// 	d->min = min;
+//     if ( max.isValid() )
+// 	d->max = max;
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//   \property TQTimeEdit::display
+//   \brief the sections that are displayed in the time edit
+//
+//   The value can be any combination of the values in the Display enum.
+//   By default, the widget displays hours, minutes and seconds.
+// */
+// void TQTimeEdit::setDisplay( uint display )
+// {
+//     if ( d->display == display )
+// 	return;
+//
+//     d->ed->clearSections();
+//     d->display = display;
+//     if ( d->display & Hours )
+// 	d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 0 ) );
+//     if ( d->display & Minutes )
+// 	d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 1 ) );
+//     if ( d->display & Seconds )
+// 	d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, TRUE, 2 ) );
+//     if ( d->display & AMPM )
+// 	d->ed->appendSection( TQNumberSection( 0,0, FALSE, 3 ) );
+//
+//     d->ed->setFocusSection( 0 );
+//     d->ed->update();
+// }
+//
+// uint TQTimeEdit::display() const
+// {
+//     return d->display;
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \property TQTimeEdit::time
+//     \brief the editor's time value.
+//
+//     When changing the time property, if the time is less than
+//     minValue(), or is greater than maxValue(), nothing happens.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setTime( const TQTime& time )
+// {
+//     if ( !time.isValid() ) {
+// 	d->h = 0;
+// 	d->m = 0;
+// 	d->s = 0;
+//     } else {
+// 	if ( time > maxValue() || time < minValue() )
+// 	    return;
+// 	d->h = time.hour();
+// 	d->m = time.minute();
+// 	d->s = time.second();
+// 	emit valueChanged( time );
+//     }
+//     d->changed = FALSE;
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+// TQTime TQTimeEdit::time() const
+// {
+//     if ( TQTime::isValid( d->h, d->m, d->s ) )
+// 	return TQTime( d->h, d->m, d->s );
+//     return TQTime();
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \property TQTimeEdit::autoAdvance
+//     \brief whether the editor automatically advances to the next
+//     section
+//
+//     If autoAdvance is TRUE, the editor will automatically advance
+//     focus to the next time section if a user has completed a section.
+//     The default is FALSE.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance )
+// {
+//     d->adv = advance;
+// }
+//
+// bool TQTimeEdit::autoAdvance() const
+// {
+//     return d->adv;
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     Sets the separator to \a s. Note that currently only the first
+//     character of \a s is used.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setSeparator( const TQString& s )
+// {
+//     d->ed->setSeparator( s );
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     Returns the editor's separator.
+// */
+//
+// TQString TQTimeEdit::separator() const
+// {
+//     return d->ed->separator();
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     \fn void TQTimeEdit::valueChanged( const TQTime& time )
+//
+//     This signal is emitted whenever the editor's value changes. The \a
+//     time parameter is the new value.
+// */
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// bool TQTimeEdit::event( TQEvent *e )
+// {
+//     if ( e->type() == TQEvent::FocusOut ) {
+// 	d->typing = FALSE;
+// 	if ( d->changed ) {
+// 	    emit valueChanged( time() );
+// 	    d->changed = FALSE;
+// 	}
+//     } else if ( e->type() == TQEvent::LocaleChange ) {
+// 	readLocaleSettings();
+// 	d->ed->setSeparator( localTimeSep() );
+//     }
+//     return ExtDateTimeEditBase::event( e );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * )
+// {
+//     d->overwrite = TRUE;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::stepUp()
+// {
+//     int sec = d->ed->mapSection( d->ed->focusSection() );
+//     bool accepted = TRUE;
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h+1, d->m, d->s ) )
+// 	    setHour( d->h+1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setHour( d->min.hour() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m+1, d->s ) )
+// 	    setMinute( d->m+1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setMinute( d->min.minute() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, d->s+1 ) )
+// 	    setSecond( d->s+1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setSecond( d->min.second() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 3:
+// 	if ( d->h < 12 )
+// 	    setHour( d->h+12 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setHour( d->h-12 );
+// 	break;
+//     default:
+// 	accepted = FALSE;
+// #ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE
+// 	qWarning( "TQTimeEdit::stepUp: Focus section out of range!" );
+// #endif
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     if ( accepted ) {
+// 	d->changed = TRUE;
+// 	emit valueChanged( time() );
+//     }
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::stepDown()
+// {
+//     int sec = d->ed->mapSection( d->ed->focusSection() );
+//
+//     bool accepted = TRUE;
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h-1, d->m, d->s ) )
+// 	    setHour( d->h-1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setHour( d->max.hour() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m-1, d->s ) )
+// 	    setMinute( d->m-1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setMinute( d->max.minute() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, d->s-1 ) )
+// 	    setSecond( d->s-1 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setSecond( d->max.second() );
+// 	break;
+//     case 3:
+// 	if ( d->h > 11 )
+// 	    setHour( d->h-12 );
+// 	else
+// 	    setHour( d->h+12 );
+// 	break;
+//     default:
+// 	accepted = FALSE;
+// #ifdef TQT_CHECK_RANGE
+// 	qWarning( "TQTimeEdit::stepDown: Focus section out of range!" );
+// #endif
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     if ( accepted ) {
+// 	d->changed = TRUE;
+// 	emit valueChanged( time() );
+//     }
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     Returns the formatted number for section \a sec. This will
+//     correspond to either the hour, minute or second section, depending
+//     on \a sec.
+// */
+//
+// TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText( int sec )
+// {
+//     TQString txt;
+//     txt = sectionText( sec );
+//     txt = txt.rightJustify( 2, EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR );
+//     int offset = sec*2+sec*separator().length() + txt.length();
+//     if ( d->typing && sec == d->ed->focusSection() )
+// 	d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset );
+//     else
+// 	d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset );
+//
+//     return txt;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// bool TQTimeEdit::setFocusSection( int sec )
+// {
+//     if ( sec != d->ed->focusSection() ) {
+// 	killTimer( d->timerId );
+// 	d->overwrite = TRUE;
+// 	d->typing = FALSE;
+// 	TQString txt = sectionText( sec );
+// 	txt = txt.rightJustify( 2, EXTDATETIMEEDIT_HIDDEN_CHAR );
+// 	int offset = sec*2+sec*separator().length() + txt.length();
+// 	d->ed->setSectionSelection( sec, offset - txt.length(), offset );
+// 	if ( d->changed ) {
+// 	    emit valueChanged( time() );
+// 	    d->changed = FALSE;
+// 	}
+//     }
+//     return d->ed->setFocusSection( sec );
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     Sets the hour to \a h, which must be a valid hour, i.e. in the
+//     range 0..24.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setHour( int h )
+// {
+//     if ( h < 0 )
+// 	h = 0;
+//     if ( h > 23 )
+// 	h = 23;
+//     d->h = h;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     Sets the minute to \a m, which must be a valid minute, i.e. in the
+//     range 0..59.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setMinute( int m )
+// {
+//     if ( m < 0 )
+// 	m = 0;
+//     if ( m > 59 )
+// 	m = 59;
+//     d->m = m;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//     Sets the second to \a s, which must be a valid second, i.e. in the
+//     range 0..59.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::setSecond( int s )
+// {
+//     if ( s < 0 )
+// 	s = 0;
+//     if ( s > 59 )
+// 	s = 59;
+//     d->s = s;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*! \internal
+//
+//   Returns the text of section \a sec.
+//
+// */
+//
+// TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionText( int sec )
+// {
+//     sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec );
+//
+//     TQString txt;
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	if ( !(d->display & AMPM) || ( d->h < 13 && d->h ) ) {    // I wished the day stared at 0:00 for everybody
+// 	    txt = TQString::number( d->h );
+// 	} else {
+// 	    if ( d->h )
+// 		txt = TQString::number( d->h - 12 );
+// 	    else
+// 		txt = "12";
+// 	}
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->s );
+// 	break;
+//     case 3:
+// 	if ( d->h < 12 ) {
+// 	    if ( lAM )
+// 		txt = *lAM;
+// 	    else
+// 		txt = TQString::tqfromLatin1( "AM" );
+// 	} else {
+// 	    if ( lPM )
+// 		txt = *lPM;
+// 	    else
+// 		txt = TQString::tqfromLatin1( "PM" );
+// 	}
+// 	break;
+//     default:
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     return txt;
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*! \internal
+//  Returns TRUE if \a h, \a m, and \a s are out of range.
+//  */
+//
+// bool TQTimeEdit::outOfRange( int h, int m, int s ) const
+// {
+//     if ( TQTime::isValid( h, m, s ) ) {
+// 	TQTime currentTime( h, m, s );
+// 	if ( currentTime > maxValue() ||
+// 	     currentTime < minValue() )
+// 	    return TRUE;
+// 	else
+// 	    return FALSE;
+//     }
+//     return TRUE;
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::addNumber( int sec, int num )
+// {
+//     if ( sec == -1 )
+// 	return;
+//     sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec );
+//     killTimer( d->timerId );
+//     bool overwrite = FALSE;
+//     bool accepted = FALSE;
+//     d->typing = TRUE;
+//     TQString txt;
+//
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	txt = ( d->display & AMPM && d->h > 12 ) ?
+// 	    TQString::number( d->h - 12 ) : TQString::number( d->h );
+//
+// 	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 	    if ( d->display & AMPM && num == 0 )
+// 		break; // Don't process 0 in 12 hour clock mode
+// 	    if ( d->display & AMPM && d->h > 11 )
+// 		num += 12;
+// 	    if ( !outOfRange( num, d->m, d->s ) ) {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 		d->h = num;
+// 	    }
+// 	} else {
+// 	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+// 	    int temp = txt.toInt();
+//
+// 	    if ( d->display & AMPM ) {
+// 		if ( temp == 12 ) {
+// 		    if ( d->h < 12 ) {
+// 			temp = 0;
+// 		    }
+// 		    accepted = TRUE;
+// 		} else if ( outOfRange( temp + 12, d->m, d->s ) ) {
+// 		    txt = TQString::number( d->h );
+// 		} else {
+// 		    if ( d->h > 11 ) {
+// 			temp += 12;
+// 		    }
+// 		    accepted = TRUE;
+// 		}
+// 	    } else if ( !(d->display & AMPM) && outOfRange( temp, d->m, d->s ) ) {
+// 		txt = TQString::number( d->h );
+// 	    } else {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 	    }
+//
+// 	    if ( accepted )
+// 		d->h = temp;
+//
+// 	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 		setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+// 		overwrite = TRUE;
+// 	    }
+// 	}
+// 	break;
+//
+//     case 1:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+// 	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 	    if ( !outOfRange( d->h, num, d->s ) ) {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 		d->m = num;
+// 	    }
+// 	} else {
+// 	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+// 	    int temp = txt.toInt();
+// 	    if ( temp > 59 )
+// 		temp = num;
+// 	    if ( outOfRange( d->h, temp, d->s ) )
+// 		txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+// 	    else {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 		d->m = temp;
+// 	    }
+// 	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 		setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+// 		overwrite = TRUE;
+// 	    }
+// 	}
+// 	break;
+//
+//     case 2:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->s );
+// 	if ( d->overwrite || txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 	    if ( !outOfRange( d->h, d->m, num ) ) {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 		d->s = num;
+// 	    }
+// 	} else {
+// 	    txt += TQString::number( num );
+// 	    int temp = txt.toInt();
+// 	    if ( temp > 59 )
+// 		temp = num;
+// 	    if ( outOfRange( d->h, d->m, temp ) )
+// 		txt = TQString::number( d->s );
+// 	    else {
+// 		accepted = TRUE;
+// 		d->s = temp;
+// 	    }
+// 	    if ( d->adv && txt.length() == 2 ) {
+// 		setFocusSection( d->ed->focusSection()+1 );
+// 		overwrite = TRUE;
+// 	    }
+// 	}
+// 	break;
+//
+//     case 3:
+// 	break;
+//
+//     default:
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     d->changed = accepted;
+//     if ( accepted )
+// 	emit valueChanged( time() );
+//     d->overwrite = overwrite;
+//     d->timerId = startTimer( tqApp->doubleClickInterval()*4 );
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+//
+// /*!
+//   \internal
+//
+//   Function which is called whenever the user tries to
+//   remove the first number from \a sec by pressing the backspace key.
+// */
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::removeFirstNumber( int sec )
+// {
+//     if ( sec == -1 )
+// 	return;
+//     sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec );
+//     TQString txt;
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->h );
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->s );
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     txt = txt.mid( 1, txt.length() ) + "0";
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	d->h = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	d->m = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	d->s = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//
+// */
+// void TQTimeEdit::removeLastNumber( int sec )
+// {
+//     if ( sec == -1 )
+// 	return;
+//     sec = d->ed->mapSection( sec );
+//     TQString txt;
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->h );
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->m );
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	txt = TQString::number( d->s );
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     txt = txt.mid( 0, txt.length()-1 );
+//     switch( sec ) {
+//     case 0:
+// 	d->h = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     case 1:
+// 	d->m = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     case 2:
+// 	d->s = txt.toInt();
+// 	break;
+//     }
+//     d->ed->tqrepaint( d->ed->rect(), FALSE );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+//  */
+// void TQTimeEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
+// {
+//     d->controls->resize( width(), height() );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+// */
+// TQSize TQTimeEdit::tqsizeHint() const
+// {
+//     constPolish();
+//     TQFontMetrics fm( font() );
+//     int fw = tqstyle().tqpixelMetric( TQStyle::PM_DefaultFrameWidth, this );
+//     int h = fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
+//     int w = 2 + fm.width( '9' ) * 6 + fm.width( d->ed->separator() ) * 2 +
+// 	d->controls->upRect().width() + fw * 4;
+//     if ( d->display & AMPM ) {
+// 	if ( lAM )
+// 	    w += fm.width( *lAM ) + 4;
+// 	else
+// 	    w += fm.width( TQString::tqfromLatin1( "AM" ) ) + 4;
+//     }
+//
+//     return TQSize( w, TQMAX(h + fw * 2,20) ).expandedTo( TQApplication::globalStrut() );
+// }
+//
+// /*! \reimp
+// */
+// TQSize TQTimeEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const
+// {
+//     return tqsizeHint();
+// }
+//
+// /*!
+//     \internal
+//     Enables/disables the push buttons according to the min/max time
+//     for this widget.
+// */
+//
+// // ### Remove in 4.0?
+//
+// void TQTimeEdit::updateButtons()
+// {
+//     if ( !isEnabled() )
+// 	return;
+//
+//     bool upEnabled = time() < maxValue();
+//     bool downEnabled = time() > minValue();
+//
+//     d->controls->setUpEnabled( upEnabled );
+//     d->controls->setDownEnabled( downEnabled );
+// }
+
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditPrivate
+{
+public:
+    bool adv;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class ExtDateTimeEdit ExtDatetimeedit.h
+    \brief The ExtDateTimeEdit class combines a ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit
+    widget into a single widget for editing datetimes.
+
+    \ingroup advanced
+    \ingroup time
+
+    ExtDateTimeEdit consists of a ExtDateEdit and TQTimeEdit widget placed
+    side by side and offers the functionality of both. The user can
+    edit the date and time by using the keyboard or the arrow keys to
+    increase/decrease date or time values. The Tab key can be used to
+    move from section to section within the ExtDateTimeEdit widget, and
+    the user can be moved automatically when they complete a section
+    using setAutoAdvance(). The datetime can be set with
+    setDateTime().
+
+    The date format is read from the system's locale settings. It is
+    set to year, month, day order if that is not possible. See
+    ExtDateEdit::setOrder() to change this. Times appear in the order
+    hours, minutes, seconds using the 24 hour clock.
+
+    It is recommended that the ExtDateTimeEdit is initialised with a
+    datetime, e.g.
+    \code
+    ExtDateTimeEdit *dateTimeEdit = new ExtDateTimeEdit( ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime(), this );
+    dateTimeEdit->dateEdit()->setRange( ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDate(),
+					ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDate().addDays( 7 ) );
+    \endcode
+    Here we've created a new ExtDateTimeEdit set to the current date and
+    time, and set the date to have a minimum date of now and a maximum
+    date of a week from now.
+
+    Terminology: A ExtDateEdit widget consists of three 'sections', one
+    each for the year, month and day. Similarly a TQTimeEdit consists
+    of three sections, one each for the hour, minute and second. The
+    character that separates each date section is specified with
+    setDateSeparator(); similarly setTimeSeparator() is used for the
+    time sections.
+
+    \image html datetimewidgets.png "Date Time Widgets"
+
+    \sa ExtDateEdit TQTimeEdit
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty datetime edit with parent \a parent and called
+    \a name.
+*/
+ExtDateTimeEdit::ExtDateTimeEdit( TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Constructs a datetime edit with the initial value \a datetime,
+    parent \a parent and called \a name.
+*/
+ExtDateTimeEdit::ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTime& datetime,
+			      TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+    setDateTime( datetime );
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+ExtDateTimeEdit::~ExtDateTimeEdit()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Intercepts and handles resize events which have special meaning
+    for the ExtDateTimeEdit.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * )
+{
+    int dw = de->tqsizeHint().width();
+    int tw = te->tqsizeHint().width();
+    int w = width();
+    int h = height();
+    int extra = w - ( dw + tw );
+
+    if ( tw + extra < 0 ) {
+	dw = w;
+    } else {
+	dw += 9 * extra / 16;
+    }
+    tw = w - dw;
+
+    de->setGeometry( 0, 0, dw, h );
+    te->setGeometry( dw, 0, tw, h );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+*/
+
+TQSize ExtDateTimeEdit::tqminimumSizeHint() const
+{
+    TQSize dsh = de->tqminimumSizeHint();
+    TQSize tsh = te->tqminimumSizeHint();
+    return TQSize( dsh.width() + tsh.width(),
+		  TQMAX( dsh.height(), tsh.height() ) );
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+ */
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::init()
+{
+    d = new ExtDateTimeEditPrivate();
+    de = new ExtDateEdit( this, "qt_datetime_dateedit" );
+    te = new TQTimeEdit( this, "qt_datetime_timeedit" );
+    d->adv = FALSE;
+    connect( de, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged( const ExtDate& ) ),
+	     this, TQT_SLOT( newValue( const ExtDate& ) ) );
+    connect( te, TQT_SIGNAL( valueChanged( const TQTime& ) ),
+	     this, TQT_SLOT( newValue( const TQTime& ) ) );
+    setFocusProxy( de );
+    tqsetSizePolicy( TQSizePolicy::Minimum, TQSizePolicy::Fixed );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+ */
+
+TQSize ExtDateTimeEdit::tqsizeHint() const
+{
+    constPolish();
+    TQSize dsh = de->tqsizeHint();
+    TQSize tsh = te->tqsizeHint();
+    return TQSize( dsh.width() + tsh.width(),
+		  TQMAX( dsh.height(), tsh.height() ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property ExtDateTimeEdit::dateTime
+    \brief the editor's datetime value
+
+    The datetime edit's datetime which may be an invalid datetime.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::setDateTime( const ExtDateTime & dt )
+{
+    if ( dt.isValid() ) {
+	de->setDate( dt.date() );
+	te->setTime( dt.time() );
+	emit valueChanged( dt );
+    }
+}
+
+ExtDateTime ExtDateTimeEdit::dateTime() const
+{
+    return ExtDateTime( de->date(), te->time() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void ExtDateTimeEdit::valueChanged( const ExtDateTime& datetime )
+
+    This signal is emitted every time the date or time changes. The \a
+    datetime argument is the new datetime.
+*/
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Re-emits the value \a d.
+ */
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::newValue( const ExtDate& )
+{
+    ExtDateTime dt = dateTime();
+    emit valueChanged( dt );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  \overload
+  Re-emits the value \a t.
+ */
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::newValue( const TQTime& )
+{
+    ExtDateTime dt = dateTime();
+    emit valueChanged( dt );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the auto advance property of the editor to \a advance. If set
+    to TRUE, the editor will automatically advance focus to the next
+    date or time section if the user has completed a section.
+*/
+
+void ExtDateTimeEdit::setAutoAdvance( bool advance )
+{
+    de->setAutoAdvance( advance );
+    te->setAutoAdvance( advance );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if auto-advance is enabled, otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setAutoAdvance()
+*/
+
+bool ExtDateTimeEdit::autoAdvance() const
+{
+    return de->autoAdvance();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn ExtDateEdit* ExtDateTimeEdit::dateEdit()
+
+    Returns the internal widget used for editing the date part of the
+    datetime.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQTimeEdit* ExtDateTimeEdit::timeEdit()
+
+    Returns the internal widget used for editing the time part of the
+    datetime.
+*/
+
+#include "extdatetimeedit.moc"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a2aaa16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatetimeedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+**
+** Definition of date and time edit classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Original TQDateTimeEdit Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** >> modifications to introduce ExtDate (C) 2004 Jason Harris <jharris@30doradus.org>
+** >> ExtDate modifications are licensed under the GPL: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html
+**
+** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
+** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef EXTDATETIMEEDIT_H
+#define EXTDATETIMEEDIT_H
+
+#include <tqwidget.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
+#include <tqrangecontrol.h>
+
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATETIMEEDIT
+
+class TQTimeEdit;
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditBase : public TQWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+    ExtDateTimeEditBase( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 )
+	: TQWidget( parent, name ) {}
+
+    virtual bool setFocusSection( int sec ) = 0;
+    virtual TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec ) = 0;
+    virtual void addNumber( int sec, int num ) = 0;
+    virtual void removeLastNumber( int sec ) = 0;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void stepUp() = 0;
+    virtual void stepDown() = 0;
+
+private:
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    ExtDateTimeEditBase( const ExtDateTimeEditBase & );
+    ExtDateTimeEditBase &operator=( const ExtDateTimeEditBase & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class ExtDateEditPrivate;
+
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateEdit : public ExtDateTimeEditBase
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+    Q_ENUMS( Order )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( Order order READ order WRITE setOrder )
+//    TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate )
+    TQ_PROPERTY( bool autoAdvance READ autoAdvance WRITE setAutoAdvance )
+//    TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
+//    TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
+
+public:
+    ExtDateEdit( TQWidget* parent=0,  const char* name=0 );
+    ExtDateEdit( const ExtDate& date, TQWidget* parent=0,  const char* name=0 );
+    ~ExtDateEdit();
+
+    enum Order { DMY /**< Day-Month-Year */, 
+      MDY /**< Month-Day-Year */, 
+      YMD /**< Year-Month-Day, also the default */, 
+      YDM /**< Year-Day-Month @deprecated Included for completeness. */ };
+
+    TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+    TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setDate( const ExtDate& date );
+
+public:
+    ExtDate date() const;
+    virtual void setOrder( Order order );
+    Order order() const;
+    virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance );
+    bool autoAdvance() const;
+
+    virtual void setMinValue( const ExtDate& d ) { setRange( d, maxValue() ); }
+    ExtDate minValue() const;
+    virtual void setMaxValue( const ExtDate& d ) { setRange( minValue(), d ); }
+    ExtDate maxValue() const;
+    virtual void setRange( const ExtDate& min, const ExtDate& max );
+    TQString separator() const;
+    virtual void setSeparator( const TQString& s );
+
+    // Make removeFirstNumber() virtual in ExtDateTimeEditBase in 4.0
+    void removeFirstNumber( int sec );
+
+signals:
+    void valueChanged( const ExtDate& date );
+
+protected:
+    bool event( TQEvent *e );
+    void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent * );
+    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
+    void stepUp();
+    void stepDown();
+    TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec );
+    void addNumber( int sec, int num );
+
+    void removeLastNumber( int sec );
+    bool setFocusSection( int s );
+
+    virtual void setYear( int year );
+    virtual void setMonth( int month );
+    virtual void setDay( int day );
+    virtual void fix();
+    virtual bool outOfRange( int y, int m, int d ) const;
+
+protected slots:
+    void updateButtons();
+
+private:
+    void init();
+    int sectionOffsetEnd( int sec ) const;
+    int sectionLength( int sec ) const;
+    TQString sectionText( int sec ) const;
+    ExtDateEditPrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    ExtDateEdit( const ExtDateEdit & );
+    ExtDateEdit &operator=( const ExtDateEdit & );
+#endif
+};
+
+// class TQTimeEditPrivate;
+//
+// class TQ_EXPORT TQTimeEdit : public ExtDateTimeEditBase
+// {
+//     Q_OBJECT
+//     TQ_OBJECT
+//     TQ_SETS( Display )
+//     TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime time READ time WRITE setTime )
+//     TQ_PROPERTY( bool autoAdvance READ autoAdvance WRITE setAutoAdvance )
+//     TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime maxValue READ maxValue WRITE setMaxValue )
+//     TQ_PROPERTY( TQTime minValue READ minValue WRITE setMinValue )
+//     TQ_PROPERTY( Display display READ display WRITE setDisplay )
+//
+// public:
+//     enum Display {
+// 	Hours	= 0x01,
+// 	Minutes	= 0x02,
+// 	Seconds	= 0x04,
+// 	/*Reserved = 0x08,*/
+// 	AMPM	= 0x10
+//     };
+//
+//     TQTimeEdit( TQWidget* parent=0,  const char* name=0 );
+//     TQTimeEdit( const TQTime& time, TQWidget* parent=0,  const char* name=0 );
+//     ~TQTimeEdit();
+//
+//     TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+//     TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const;
+//
+// public slots:
+//     virtual void setTime( const TQTime& time );
+//
+// public:
+//     TQTime time() const;
+//     virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance );
+//     bool autoAdvance() const;
+//
+//     virtual void setMinValue( const TQTime& d ) { setRange( d, maxValue() ); }
+//     TQTime minValue() const;
+//     virtual void setMaxValue( const TQTime& d ) { setRange( minValue(), d ); }
+//     TQTime maxValue() const;
+//     virtual void setRange( const TQTime& min, const TQTime& max );
+//     TQString separator() const;
+//     virtual void setSeparator( const TQString& s );
+//
+//     uint display() const;
+//     void setDisplay( uint disp );
+//
+//     // Make removeFirstNumber() virtual in ExtDateTimeEditBase in 4.0
+//     void removeFirstNumber( int sec );
+//
+// signals:
+//     void valueChanged( const TQTime& time );
+//
+// protected:
+//     bool event( TQEvent *e );
+//     void timerEvent( TQTimerEvent *e );
+//     void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
+//     void stepUp();
+//     void stepDown();
+//     TQString sectionFormattedText( int sec );
+//     void addNumber( int sec, int num );
+//     void removeLastNumber( int sec );
+//     bool setFocusSection( int s );
+//
+//     virtual bool outOfRange( int h, int m, int s ) const;
+//     virtual void setHour( int h );
+//     virtual void setMinute( int m );
+//     virtual void setSecond( int s );
+//
+// protected slots:
+//     void updateButtons();
+//
+// private:
+//     void init();
+//     TQString sectionText( int sec );
+//     TQTimeEditPrivate* d;
+//
+// #if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+//     TQTimeEdit( const TQTimeEdit & );
+//     TQTimeEdit &operator=( const TQTimeEdit & );
+// #endif
+// };
+//
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditPrivate;
+
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateTimeEdit : public TQWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+//    TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDateTime dateTime READ dateTime WRITE setDateTime )
+
+public:
+    ExtDateTimeEdit( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTime& datetime, TQWidget* parent=0,
+		   const char* name=0 );
+    ~ExtDateTimeEdit();
+
+    TQSize tqsizeHint() const;
+    TQSize tqminimumSizeHint() const;
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void setDateTime( const ExtDateTime & dt );
+
+public:
+    ExtDateTime dateTime() const;
+
+    ExtDateEdit* dateEdit() { return de; }
+    TQTimeEdit* timeEdit() { return te; }
+
+    virtual void setAutoAdvance( bool advance );
+    bool autoAdvance() const;
+
+signals:
+    void valueChanged( const ExtDateTime& datetime );
+
+protected:
+    // ### make init() private in TQt 4.0
+    void init();
+    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
+
+protected slots:
+    // ### make these two functions private in TQt 4.0,
+    //     and merge them into one with no parameter
+    void newValue( const ExtDate& d );
+    void newValue( const TQTime& t );
+
+private:
+    ExtDateEdit* de;
+    TQTimeEdit* te;
+    ExtDateTimeEditPrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    ExtDateTimeEdit( const ExtDateTimeEdit & );
+    ExtDateTimeEdit &operator=( const ExtDateTimeEdit & );
+#endif
+};
+
+class TQNumberSection
+{
+public:
+    TQNumberSection( int selStart = 0, int selEnd = 0, bool separat = TRUE, int actual = -1 )
+	: selstart( selStart ), selend( selEnd ), act( actual ), sep( separat )
+    {}
+    int selectionStart() const { return selstart; }
+    void setSelectionStart( int s ) { selstart = s; }
+    int selectionEnd() const { return selend; }
+    void setSelectionEnd( int s ) { selend = s; }
+    int width() const { return selend - selstart; }
+    int index() const { return act; }
+    bool separator() const { return sep; }
+    TQ_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR( TQNumberSection )
+private:
+    int selstart :12;
+    int selend	 :12;
+    int act	 :7;
+    bool sep	 :1;
+};
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate;
+
+class ExtDateTimeEditor : public TQWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+    ExtDateTimeEditor( ExtDateTimeEditBase * parent=0,
+		       const char * name=0 );
+    ~ExtDateTimeEditor();
+
+//    void setControlWidget( ExtDateTimeEditBase * widget );
+//    ExtDateTimeEditBase * controlWidget() const;
+
+    void setSeparator( const TQString& s );
+    TQString separator() const;
+
+    int  focusSection() const;
+    bool setFocusSection( int s );
+    void appendSection( const TQNumberSection& sec );
+    void clearSections();
+    void setSectionSelection( int sec, int selstart, int selend );
+    bool eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );
+    int  sectionAt( const TQPoint &p );
+    int mapSection( int sec );
+
+protected:
+    void init();
+    bool event( TQEvent *e );
+    void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
+    void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
+    void mousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
+
+private:
+    ExtDateTimeEditBase* cw;
+    ExtDateTimeEditorPrivate* d;
+};
+
+class ExtDateTimeSpinWidget : public TQSpinWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+    ExtDateTimeSpinWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+	: TQSpinWidget( parent, name )
+    {
+    }
+
+protected:
+#ifndef TQT_NO_WHEELEVENT
+    void wheelEvent( TQWheelEvent *e )
+    {
+	ExtDateTimeEditor *editor = (ExtDateTimeEditor*)editWidget()->qt_cast( "ExtDateTimeEditor" );
+	Q_ASSERT( editor );
+	if ( !editor )
+	    return;
+
+	int section = editor->sectionAt( e->pos() );
+	editor->setFocusSection( section );
+
+	if ( section == -1 )
+	    return;
+	TQSpinWidget::wheelEvent( e );
+    }
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1c7269b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*  This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Waldo Bastian (bastian@kde.org)
+
+    Modified to use ExtDate instead of TQDate.  Modifications
+    Copyright (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+
+#include <tqcombobox.h>
+#include <tqlayout.h>
+#include <tqlineedit.h>
+
+#include <knuminput.h>
+#include <kdialog.h>
+
+#include "extdatewidget.h"
+#include "extcalendarsystemgregorian.h"
+
+class ExtDateWidgetSpinBox : public TQSpinBox
+{
+public:
+  ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(int min, int max, TQWidget *parent)
+    : TQSpinBox(min, max, 1, parent)
+  {
+     editor()->tqsetAlignment(AlignRight);
+  }
+};
+
+class ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidgetPrivate
+{
+public:
+   ExtDateWidgetPrivate() { calendar = new ExtCalendarSystemGregorian(); }
+   ~ExtDateWidgetPrivate() { delete calendar; }
+   ExtDateWidgetSpinBox *m_day;
+   TQComboBox *m_month;
+   ExtDateWidgetSpinBox *m_year;
+   ExtDate m_dat;
+   ExtCalendarSystemGregorian *calendar;
+};
+
+
+ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+  : TQWidget( parent, name )
+{
+  init(ExtDate::tqcurrentDate());
+  setDate(ExtDate());
+}
+
+ExtDateWidget::ExtDateWidget( const ExtDate &date, TQWidget *parent,
+			    const char *name )
+  : TQWidget( parent, name )
+{
+  init(date);
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+// // ### CFM Repaced by init(const ExtDate&). Can be safely removed
+// //     when no risk of BIC
+// void ExtDateWidget::init()
+// {
+//   d = new ExtDateWidgetPrivate;
+//   KLocale *locale = KGlobal::locale();
+//   TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this, 0, KDialog::spacingHint());
+//   tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true);
+//   d->m_day = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(1, 1, this);
+//   d->m_month = new TQComboBox(false, this);
+//   for (int i = 1; ; ++i)
+//   {
+//     TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i,
+//        d->calendar->year(ExtDate()));
+//     if (str.isNull()) break;
+//     d->m_month->insertItem(str);
+//   }
+//
+//   d->m_year = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(d->calendar->minValidYear(),
+// 				     d->calendar->maxValidYear(), this);
+//
+//   connect(d->m_day, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+//   connect(d->m_month, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+//   connect(d->m_year, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+// }
+
+void ExtDateWidget::init(const ExtDate& date)
+{
+  d = new ExtDateWidgetPrivate;
+  //KLocale *locale = KGlobal::locale();
+  TQHBoxLayout *tqlayout = new TQHBoxLayout(this, 0, KDialog::spacingHint());
+  tqlayout->setAutoAdd(true);
+  d->m_day = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(1, 1, this);
+  d->m_month = new TQComboBox(false, this);
+  for (int i = 1; ; ++i)
+  {
+    TQString str = d->calendar->monthName(i,
+       d->calendar->year(date));
+    if (str.isNull()) break;
+    d->m_month->insertItem(str);
+  }
+
+  d->m_year = new ExtDateWidgetSpinBox(d->calendar->minValidYear(),
+				     d->calendar->maxValidYear(), this);
+
+  connect(d->m_day, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+  connect(d->m_month, TQT_SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+  connect(d->m_year, TQT_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, TQT_SLOT(slotDateChanged()));
+}
+
+ExtDateWidget::~ExtDateWidget()
+{
+		delete d;
+}
+
+void ExtDateWidget::setDate( const ExtDate &date )
+{
+//  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  d->m_day->blockSignals(true);
+  d->m_month->blockSignals(true);
+  d->m_year->blockSignals(true);
+
+  d->m_day->setMaxValue(d->calendar->daysInMonth(date));
+  d->m_day->setValue(d->calendar->day(date));
+  d->m_month->setCurrentItem(d->calendar->month(date)-1);
+  d->m_year->setValue(d->calendar->year(date));
+
+  d->m_day->blockSignals(false);
+  d->m_month->blockSignals(false);
+  d->m_year->blockSignals(false);
+
+  d->m_dat = date;
+  emit changed(d->m_dat);
+}
+
+ExtDate ExtDateWidget::date() const
+{
+  return d->m_dat;
+}
+
+void ExtDateWidget::slotDateChanged( )
+{
+//  const KCalendarSystem * calendar = KGlobal::locale()->calendar();
+
+  ExtDate date;
+  int y,m,day;
+
+  y = d->m_year->value();
+  y = TQMIN(TQMAX(y, d->calendar->minValidYear()), d->calendar->maxValidYear());
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, 1, 1);
+  m = d->m_month->currentItem()+1;
+  m = TQMIN(TQMAX(m,1), d->calendar->monthsInYear(date));
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, m, 1);
+  day = d->m_day->value();
+  day = TQMIN(TQMAX(day,1), d->calendar->daysInMonth(date));
+
+  d->calendar->setYMD(date, y, m, day);
+  setDate(date);
+}
+
+void ExtDateWidget::virtual_hook( int, void* )
+{ /*BASE::virtual_hook( id, data );*/ }
+
+#include "extdatewidget.moc"
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4df9931a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/extdatewidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE libraries
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Waldo Bastian (bastian@kde.org)
+
+    Modified to use ExtDate instead of TQDate.  Modifications
+    Copyright (C) 2004 Jason Harris (jharris@30doradus.org)
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+    along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+    the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+    Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __EXTDATEWIDGET_H__
+#define __EXTDATEWIDGET_H__
+
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+
+/**
+* This widget can be used to display or allow user selection of a date.
+*
+* @see ExtDatePicker
+*
+* @short A pushbutton to display or allow user selection of a date.
+* @version $Id$
+*/
+class KDE_EXPORT ExtDateWidget : public TQWidget
+{
+  Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+//  TQ_PROPERTY( ExtDate date READ date WRITE setDate )
+
+public:
+  /**
+   * Constructs a date selection widget, initialized to the current CPU date.
+   */
+  ExtDateWidget( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Constructs a date selection widget with the initial date set to @p date.
+   */
+  ExtDateWidget( const ExtDate &date, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
+
+  /**
+   * Destructs the date selection widget.
+   */
+  virtual ~ExtDateWidget();
+
+  /**
+   * Returns the currently selected date.
+   */
+  ExtDate date() const;
+
+  /**
+   * Changes the selected date to @p date.
+   */
+  void setDate(const ExtDate &date);
+
+
+signals:
+  /**
+   * Emitted whenever the date of the widget
+   * is changed, either with setDate() or via user selection.
+   */
+   void changed(ExtDate);
+
+protected:
+   void init();
+   void init(const ExtDate&);
+
+protected slots:
+  void slotDateChanged();
+
+protected:
+  virtual void virtual_hook( int id, void* data );
+private:
+   class ExtDateWidgetPrivate;
+   ExtDateWidgetPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bcc68a1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+#include "testwidget.h"
+#include <kapplication.h>
+#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
+#include <kaboutdata.h>
+
+static const char description[] = I18N_NOOP("ExtDatePicker test program");
+static const char notice[] = I18N_NOOP("Compares KDatePicker and ExtDatePicker");
+
+static KCmdLineOptions options[] =
+{
+	KCmdLineLastOption
+};
+
+int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+	KAboutData aboutData( "test_extdatepicker", I18N_NOOP("Test ExtDatePicker"),
+				"0.1", description, KAboutData::License_GPL,
+				I18N_NOOP("(c) 2004, Jason Harris"), notice,
+				"http://30doradus.org");
+	aboutData.addAuthor("Jason Harris", 0,
+				"jharris@30doradus.org", "http://www.30doradus.org");
+
+	KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData );
+
+	KApplication a;
+	TestWidget *t = new TestWidget(0,0);
+	t->show();
+	TQObject::connect(kapp, TQT_SIGNAL(lastWindowClosed()), kapp, TQT_SLOT(quit()));
+	return a.exec();
+}
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc b/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63b2120b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/test_extdate.cc
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <iostream>
+#include "extdatetime.h"
+
+
+void test1_unit(int a_year)
+{
+	std::cout << a_year << "  (TQDate|ExtDate): " << ((TQDate::leapYear(a_year)) ? "yes" : "no")
+			<<"|"<< ((ExtDate::leapYear(a_year)) ? "yes" : "no") << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test1()
+{
+	int a_set_of_years[] =
+	{
+		1996,
+		1997,
+		1998,
+		2000,
+		1999,
+		2001,
+		1900,
+		1800,
+		1700,
+		1600,
+		2100,
+		2200,
+		2300,
+		0,
+		-1,
+		-4,
+		-100,
+		-200,
+		-300,
+		-400,
+		-500
+	};
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "Checking Leap Years:\n" << std::endl;
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_years)/sizeof(a_set_of_years[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test1_unit(a_set_of_years[i]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test2_unit(int y, int m, int d)
+{
+	TQDate	q(y, m, d);
+	ExtDate	e(y, m, d);
+	int q_week_number = q.dayOfWeek();
+	int e_week_number = e.dayOfWeek();
+	int q_day_of_year = q.dayOfYear();
+	int e_day_of_year = e.dayOfYear();
+	std::cout << "(" << y << ", " << m << ", " << d << ") ::  "
+			<< q.toString("dd.MMM.yyyy").local8Bit() << "  :  "
+			<< q.dayOfWeek() << " : " << q_week_number << " : " << q_day_of_year << " :: "
+			<< e.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit() << " : "
+			<< e.dayOfWeek() << " : " << e_week_number << " : " << e_day_of_year << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test2()
+{
+	int a_set_of_dates[][3] =
+	{
+		{0, 1, 1},
+		{1, 1, 1},
+		{2, 1, 1},
+		{3, 1, 1},
+		{4, 1, 1},
+		{5, 1, 1},
+		{99, 1, 1},
+		{100, 1, 1},
+		{100, 12, 31},
+		{101, 1, 1},
+		{102, 1, 1},
+		{103, 1, 1},
+		{104, 1, 1},
+		{399, 1, 1},
+		{400, 1, 1},
+		{401, 1, 1},
+		{402, 1, 1},
+		{403, 1, 1},
+		{404, 1, 1},
+		{2003, 1, 1},
+		{2003, 1, 2},
+		{2003, 1, 3},
+		{2003, 1, 4},
+		{2003, 1, 5},
+		{2003, 1, 6},
+		{2003, 1, 7},
+		{2003, 1, 8},
+		{2003, 1, 9},
+		{2003, 1, 10},
+		{2003, 1, 11},
+		{2003, 1, 12},
+		{2003, 1, 13},
+		{2003, 1, 14},
+		{2003, 1, 15},
+		{2003, 1, 16},
+		{2003, 1, 17},
+		{2003, 1, 18},
+		{2003, 12, 19},
+		{2003, 12, 20},
+		{2003, 12, 21},
+		{2003, 12, 22},
+		{2003, 12, 23},
+		{2003, 12, 24},
+		{2003, 12, 25},
+		{2003, 12, 26},
+		{2003, 12, 27},
+		{2003, 12, 28},
+		{2003, 12, 29},
+		{2003, 12, 30},
+		{2003, 12, 31},
+		{2004, 1, 1},
+		{2003, 11, 2}
+	};
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "(y, m, d) :: TQDate : Q.dayOfWeek() : Q.weekNumber() : Q.dayOfYear() :: ExtDate : E.dayOfWeek() : E.weekNumber() : E.dayOfYear()\n" << std::endl;
+
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test2_unit(a_set_of_dates[i][0], a_set_of_dates[i][1], a_set_of_dates[i][2]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test3_unit(int y, int m, int d, int dm)
+{
+	TQDate	q(y, m, d);
+	ExtDate	e(y, m, d);
+	TQDate q2 = q.addMonths(dm);
+	ExtDate e2 = e.addMonths(dm);
+	std::cout << e.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit() << " + " << dm
+		<< " months :: ExtDate : " << e2.toString("%d.%b.%Y").local8Bit()
+		<< "   TQDate : " << q2.toString("dd.MMM.yyyy").local8Bit() << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test3()
+{
+	int a_set_of_dates_delta[][4] =
+	{
+		{2003, 11, 5, 0},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 1},
+		{2003, 11, 5, -1},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 2},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 3}
+	};
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "Adding Months:\n" << std::endl;
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test3_unit(a_set_of_dates_delta[i][0], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][1], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][2], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][3]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+void test4_unit(int y, int m, int d, int dy)
+{
+	TQDate	q(y, m, d);
+	ExtDate	e(y, m, d);
+	TQDate	q2 = q.addYears(dy);
+	ExtDate	e2 = e.addYears(dy);
+	std::cout << e.toString("%d.%m.%Y").local8Bit() << " + " << dy << " years :: ExtDate : "
+		<< e2.toString().local8Bit() << "   TQDate : "
+		<< q2.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test4()
+{
+	int a_set_of_dates_delta[][4] =
+	{
+		{-1, 11, 5, 0},
+		{-1, 11, 5, 1},
+		{-1, 11, 5, 2},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 1},
+		{2003, 11, 5, -1},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 2},
+		{2003, 11, 5, 3}
+	};
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "Adding years:\n" << std::endl;
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates_delta[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test4_unit(a_set_of_dates_delta[i][0], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][1], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][2], a_set_of_dates_delta[i][3]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test5_unit(int y, int m, int d, const char *qformat, const char *eformat)
+{
+	TQDate q(y, m, d);
+	ExtDate e(y, m, d);
+
+	if ( TQString(qformat) == "<default>" )
+		std::cout << eformat << " : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << " :: "
+				<< qformat << " : " << q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+	else
+		std::cout << eformat << " : " << e.toString(eformat).local8Bit() << " :: "
+				<< qformat << " : " << q.toString(qformat).local8Bit() << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test5()
+{
+	const char *q_set_of_formats[7] =
+	{
+		"d.M.yy",
+		"dd.MM.yy",
+		"ddd.MMM.yy",
+		"ddd dd.MMM.yy",
+		"dddd.MMMM.yy",
+		">dd.M.yyyy<",
+		"<default>"
+	};
+	const char *e_set_of_formats[7] =
+	{
+		"%e.%n.%y",
+		"%d.%m.%y",
+		"%d.%b.%y",
+		"%a %d.%b.%y",
+		"%A.%B.%y",
+		">%d.%n.%Y<",
+		"<default>"
+	};
+
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "Date.toString(\"...\")" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "Ext Format : ExtDate :: Q Format : TQDate\n" << std::endl;
+
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(q_set_of_formats)/sizeof(q_set_of_formats[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test5_unit(2003, 11, 5, q_set_of_formats[i], e_set_of_formats[i]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test6_unit(int y, int m, int d)
+{
+	std::cout << d << "/" << m << "/" << y << " :: "
+		<< ( ExtDate::isValid(y, m, d) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE" ) << " : "
+		<< ( TQDate::isValid(y, m, d) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE" ) << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test6()
+{
+	int a_set_of_dates[][3] =
+	{
+		{-1, 11, 5},
+		{-1, 11, 5},
+		{-1, 11, 5},
+		{2003, 11, 5},
+		{2003, -1, 5},
+		{2003, 0, 5},
+		{2003, 12, 5},
+		{2003, 13, 5},
+		{2003, 11, -2},
+		{2003, 11, 0},
+		{2003, 11, 40},
+		{2004, 2, 28},
+		{2004, 2, 29},
+		{2004, 2, 30},
+		{2003, 2, 28},
+		{2003, 2, 29},
+		{2003, 2, 30}
+	};
+	uint i;
+	std::cout << "Date.isValid()" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "d/m/y :: ExtDate.isValid() : TQDate.isValid()\n" << std::endl;
+
+	for (i = 0 ; i < sizeof(a_set_of_dates)/sizeof(a_set_of_dates[0]) ; i++)
+	{
+		test6_unit(a_set_of_dates[i][0], a_set_of_dates[i][1], a_set_of_dates[i][2]);
+	}
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test7()
+{
+	std::cout << "Express the current date:\n" << std::endl;
+	TQDate q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::LocalTime);
+	ExtDate e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::TimeSpec(TQt::LocalTime));
+	std::cout << "TQt::LocalTime :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << "   TQDate : "
+		<< q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+	q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::UTC);
+	e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(TQt::UTC);
+	std::cout << "TQt::UTC       :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << "   TQDate : "
+		<< q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+	q = TQDate::tqcurrentDate();
+	e = ExtDate::tqcurrentDate();
+	std::cout << "<default>     :: ExtDate : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << "   TQDate : "
+		<< q.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test8() {
+	std::cout << "Set dates using days 1-32 for Jan and Feb (some will be invalid): \n" << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "    TQDate      :     ExtDate" << std::endl;
+
+	for ( uint m=1; m<=2; ++m ) {
+		for ( uint d=1; d<=32; ++d ) {
+
+			TQDate   test1( 2004, m, d );
+			ExtDate test2( 2004, m, d );
+			std::cout << test1.toString( "ddd dd.MMM.yy" ).local8Bit() << "  :  "
+		<< test2.toString( "%a %d.%b.%y" ).local8Bit() << std::endl;
+		}
+	}
+
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+void test9() {
+	std::cout << "TQDateTime : ExtDateTime: \n" << std::endl;
+	TQDateTime q = TQDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime();
+	ExtDateTime e = ExtDateTime::tqcurrentDateTime();
+
+	std::cout << q.toString().local8Bit() << " : " << e.toString().local8Bit() << std::endl;
+	std::cout << "--------------------" << std::endl;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	test1();
+	test2();
+	test3();
+	test4();
+	test5();
+	test6();
+	test7();
+	test8();
+	test9();
+	exit(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6489cce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          testwidget.h  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun Apr 11 2004
+    copyright            : (C) 2004 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <kdatepicker.h>
+#include <kdatewidget.h>
+#include <klineedit.h>
+#include <tqlayout.h>
+#include <tqlabel.h>
+
+#include "extdatepicker.h"
+#include "extdatewidget.h"
+#include "testwidget.h"
+
+TestWidget::TestWidget( TQWidget *p=0, const char *name=0 ) : KMainWindow( p, name ) {
+	TQWidget *w = new TQWidget(this);
+
+	glay = new TQGridLayout(w, 3, 2);
+
+	TQLabel *kdpLabel = new TQLabel( TQString("KDatePicker"), w );
+	TQLabel *edpLabel = new TQLabel( TQString("ExtDatePicker"), w );
+	kdp = new KDatePicker(w);
+	edp = new ExtDatePicker(w);
+	kdpEdit = new KLineEdit(w);
+	kdpEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE );
+	edpEdit = new KLineEdit(w);
+	edpEdit->setReadOnly( TRUE );
+
+	kdw = new KDateWidget( TQDate::tqcurrentDate(), w );
+	edw = new ExtDateWidget( ExtDate::tqcurrentDate(), w );
+
+	glay->addWidget( kdpLabel, 0, 0 );
+	glay->addWidget( edpLabel, 0, 1 );
+	glay->addWidget( kdp, 1, 0 );
+	glay->addWidget( edp, 1, 1 );
+	glay->addWidget( kdpEdit, 2, 0 );
+	glay->addWidget( edpEdit, 2, 1 );
+	glay->addWidget( kdw, 3, 0 );
+	glay->addWidget( edw, 3, 1 );
+
+	setCentralWidget(w);
+
+	connect( kdp, TQT_SIGNAL( dateChanged(TQDate) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotKDateChanged(TQDate) ) );
+	connect( edp, TQT_SIGNAL( dateChanged(const ExtDate&) ), this, TQT_SLOT( slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate&) ) );
+}
+
+void TestWidget::slotKDateChanged(TQDate d) {
+	kdpEdit->setText( d.toString() );
+}
+
+void TestWidget::slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate &d) {
+	edpEdit->setText( d.toString() );
+}
+
+#include "testwidget.moc"
diff --git a/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6ced942
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/extdate/testwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          testwidget.cpp  -  description
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun Apr 11 2004
+    copyright            : (C) 2004 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TESTWIDGET_H
+#define TESTWIDGET_H
+
+#include <kmainwindow.h>
+
+class KDatePicker;
+class KLineEdit;
+class KDateWidget;
+class ExtDatePicker;
+class ExtDateWidget;
+class TQGridLayout;
+class TQDate;
+class ExtDate;
+
+class TestWidget : public KMainWindow {
+	Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+	public:
+		TestWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name );
+		~TestWidget() {}
+
+	public slots:
+		void slotKDateChanged(TQDate);
+		void slotExtDateChanged(const ExtDate&);
+
+	private:
+		TQGridLayout *glay;
+		KDatePicker *kdp;
+		ExtDatePicker *edp;
+		ExtDateWidget *edw;
+		KDateWidget *kdw;
+		KLineEdit *kdpEdit, *edpEdit;
+};
+
+#endif //ifndef TESTWIDGET_H
diff --git a/libtdeedu/ideas/README b/libtdeedu/ideas/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a9277dd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/ideas/README
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+$Id$
+
+This directory is about the coming kde edu libraries.
+
+Approved issues are located in "TODO".
+
+"Unofficial" and unsorted items go into the subdirectory "unsorted".
+- Select a file describing your topic or create an appropriate new one.
+- Write it there and add your name/email/date for in case of questions.
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO b/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c127573e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/ideas/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+$Id$
+
+This file describes the roadmap for the kde edu libraries.
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70907966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+INCLUDES= $(all_includes)
+# there's nothing in tests for the moment, so I'm removing it from the compilation
+#SUBDIRS = . tests
+SUBDIRS = .
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeducore.la
+
+libtdeeducore_la_SOURCES = keduvocdata.cpp
+libtdeeducore_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2
+
+libtdeeducode_includedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu
+libtdeeducode_include_HEADERS = keduvocdata.h
+
+libtdeeducore_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE)
+
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ca289f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE Edu Library
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#include "keduvocdata.h"
+
+#include <tqfile.h>
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// class KEduVocDataItem
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// public methods
+
+KEduVocDataItem::KEduVocDataItem()
+{
+
+}
+
+KEduVocDataItem::KEduVocDataItem(TQDomElement &entry)
+{
+    domElement = entry;
+}
+
+KEduVocDataItem::~KEduVocDataItem()
+{
+
+}
+
+TQString KEduVocDataItem::originalText() const
+{
+    return getText("o");
+}
+
+TQString KEduVocDataItem::translatedText() const
+{
+    return getText("t");
+}
+
+// protected methods
+
+TQString KEduVocDataItem::getText(const TQString &tagName) const
+{
+    if(!domElement.isNull()) {
+
+        TQDomNodeList list = domElement.elementsByTagName(tagName);
+
+        if(list.count() > 0) {
+
+            TQDomElement element = list.item(0).toElement();
+
+            if(!element.isNull()) {
+                return element.text();
+            }
+            else
+                return TQString();
+        }
+        else
+            return TQString();
+    }
+    else
+        return TQString();
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// class KEduVocData
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// public static methods
+
+KEduVocDataItemList KEduVocData::parse(const TQString &fileName)
+{
+    KEduVocDataItemList list;
+
+    TQDomDocument document;
+    TQFile file(fileName);
+    document.setContent(&file);
+
+    TQDomNodeList entries = document.elementsByTagName("e");
+
+    // loop through the "e" (entry) tags looking for data
+    for(uint i = 0 ; i < entries.count() ; i++) {
+
+        // get an entry to operate on
+        TQDomElement entry = entries.item(i).toElement();
+
+        // if the "node" is in fact an element -- i.e. not null
+        if(!entry.isNull()) {
+            KEduVocDataItem item(entry);
+            list.append(item);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return list;
+}
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b8ac6676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/keduvocdata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* This file is part of the KDE Edu Library
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Scott Wheeler <wheeler@kde.org>
+
+   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+   License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifndef KEDUVOCDATA_H
+#define KEDUVOCDATA_H
+
+#include <tqdom.h>
+#include <tqvaluelist.h>
+#include <kdemacros.h>
+
+class KDE_EXPORT KEduVocDataItem
+{
+public:
+    KEduVocDataItem();
+    KEduVocDataItem(TQDomElement &entry);
+    virtual ~KEduVocDataItem();
+
+    TQString originalText() const;
+    TQString translatedText() const;
+
+protected:
+    TQString getText(const TQString &tagName) const;
+
+private:
+    TQDomElement domElement;
+};
+
+typedef TQValueList<KEduVocDataItem> KEduVocDataItemList;
+
+class KDE_EXPORT KEduVocData
+{
+public:
+    static KEduVocDataItemList parse(const TQString &fileName);
+};
+
+#endif // KEDUVOCDATA_H
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5cd1dc62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tdeeducore.kdevprj
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+[./Makefile.am]
+files=./tdeeducore.kdevprj,
+sub_dirs=
+type=normal
+
+[./tdeeducore.kdevprj]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=DATA
+
+[Config for BinMakefileAm]
+addcxxflags=
+bin_program=tdeeducore
+cflags=
+cppflags=
+cxxflags=\s-O0
+ldadd=
+ldflags=\s
+libtool_dir=
+path_to_bin_program=.
+
+[General]
+author=earnold
+configure_args=\s--build=i386-linux --host=i386-linux --target=i386-linux\s
+dir_where_make_will_be_called=
+email=earnold@venus
+kdevprj_version=1.3
+lfv_open_groups=
+make_options=\s-j1 all\s
+makefiles=./Makefile.am,Makefile.am,tests/Makefile.am
+modifyMakefiles=false
+project_name=tdeeducore
+project_type=normal_empty
+short_info=
+sub_dir=
+version=1.0
+version_control=CVS
+workspace=1
+
+[LFV Groups]
+GNU=AUTHORS,COPYING,ChangeLog,INSTALL,README,TODO,NEWS,
+Headers=*.h,*.hxx,*.hpp,*.H,
+Others=*,
+Sources=*.cpp,*.c,*.cc,*.C,*.cxx,*.ec,*.ecpp,*.lxx,*.l++,*.ll,*.l,
+Translations=*.ts,*.po,
+User Interface=*.ui,*.kdevdlg,*.rc,
+groups=Headers,Sources,GNU,Translations,User Interface,Others
+
+[Makefile.am]
+dist=true
+files=Makefile.am,kedudata.cpp,kedudata.h
+install=false
+install_location=
+sub_dirs=tests
+type=static_library
+
+[kedudata.cpp]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=SOURCE
+
+[kedudata.h]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=HEADER
+
+[tests/Makefile.am]
+dist=true
+files=tests/loader.cpp,tests/Makefile.am
+install=false
+install_location=
+sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0
+sharedlib_rootname=tests
+sub_dirs=
+type=DATA
+
+[tests/loader.cpp]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=SOURCE
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..df1a67b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+SUBDIRS = .
+INCLUDES = -I.  -I$(top_srcdir)/tdeeducore $(all_includes)
+
+check_PROGRAMS = loader
+
+#all: check
+
+loader_SOURCES         = loader.cpp
+loader_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries)
+loader_LDADD = ../libtdeeducore.la
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d793ca4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeducore/tests/loader.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+
+int main (void)
+{
+
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21b84f2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+INCLUDES= $(all_includes)
+SUBDIRS = . 
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeduplot.la
+
+libtdeeduplotincludedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu
+libtdeeduplotinclude_HEADERS = kplotobject.h kplotaxis.h kplotwidget.h
+
+libtdeeduplot_la_SOURCES = kplotobject.cpp kplotaxis.cpp kplotwidget.cpp
+
+libtdeeduplot_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:0:2
+libtdeeduplot_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_QT)
+
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab695f9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/README
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+This library provides KPlotWidget and KPlotObject classes.
+
+KPlotWidget is a QWidget-derived class that provides a virtual baseclass 
+for easy data-plotting. The idea behind KPlotWidget is that you only have 
+to specify information in "data units"; i.e., the natural units of the 
+data being plotted.  KPlotWidget automatically converts everything 
+to screen pixel units.
+
+KPlotWidget draws X and Y axes with tickmarks and tick labels.  It 
+automatically determines how many tickmarks to use and where they should 
+be, based on the data limits specified for the plot.  You change the limits 
+by calling setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 ), and 
+then calling updateTickmarks() to recompute the positions of tickmarks 
+and ticklabels.
+
+Data to be plotted are stored using the KPlotObject class.  KPlotObject
+consists of a QPtrList of DPoints, each specifying the X,Y coordinates
+of a data point (DPoint is like QPoint, but the X and Y values are doubles 
+instead of ints).  KPlotObject also specifies the "type" of data to be 
+plotted (POINTS or CURVE or POLYGON or LABEL).
+
+Jason Harris
+kstars@30doradus.org
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..69af4673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotaxis.cpp - An axis for the plot widget
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 16 June 2005
+    copyright            : (C) 2005 by Andreas Nicolai
+    email                : Andreas.Nicolai@gmx.net
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include "kplotaxis.h"
+
+KPlotAxis::KPlotAxis() : m_visible(true), m_labelFieldWidth(0), m_labelFmt('g'),
+	m_labelPrec(2)
+{
+}
+
+KPlotAxis::KPlotAxis(const TQString& label) : m_visible(true), m_label(label), 
+	m_labelFieldWidth(0), m_labelFmt('g'), m_labelPrec(2)
+{
+}
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3209b18c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotaxis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotaxis.h - An axis for the plot widget
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : 16 June 2005
+    copyright            : (C) 2005 by Andreas Nicolai
+    email                : Andreas.Nicolai@gmx.net
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KPLOTAXIS_H
+#define KPLOTAXIS_H
+
+#include <tqstring.h>
+
+#include <kdemacros.h>
+
+/**class KPlotAxis
+	*@short Contains all data for drawing an axis including format specification axis labels.
+	*@author Andreas Nicolai
+	*@version 1.0
+	*/
+class KDE_EXPORT KPlotAxis {
+public:
+
+	/**@short Default constructor, creates a default axis. */
+	KPlotAxis();
+
+	/**@short Constructor, constructs a labeled axis. */
+	KPlotAxis(const TQString& label);
+
+	/**@short Destructor. */
+	virtual ~KPlotAxis() {}
+
+	/**@short Returns whether the axis is visible or not. */
+	virtual bool isVisible() const { return m_visible; }
+
+	/**@short Sets the "visible" property of the axis. */
+	virtual void setVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
+
+	/**@short Shows the axis (axis will be shown at next update of plot widget). */
+	virtual void show() { m_visible = true; }
+
+	/**@short Hides the axis (axis will be hidden at next update of plot widget). */
+	virtual void hide() { m_visible = false; }
+
+	/**@short Sets the axis label.
+		*@param label A short string describing the data plotted on the axis.
+		*Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label.
+		*/
+	virtual void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; }
+
+	/**@short Returns the axis label. */
+	virtual TQString label() const { return m_label; }
+
+	/**@short Set the number format for the tick labels, see TQString::arg() for 
+              description of arguments.	   
+        */
+	virtual void setLabelFormat(int fieldWidth, char fmt = 'g', int prec=-1) {
+		m_labelFieldWidth = fieldWidth; m_labelFmt = fmt; m_labelPrec = prec; }
+
+	/**@short Returns the field width of the tick labels. */
+	virtual int labelFieldWidth() const { return m_labelFieldWidth; }
+
+	/**@short Returns the number format of the tick labels. */
+	virtual char labelFmt() const { return m_labelFmt; }
+
+	/**@short Returns the number precision of the tick labels. */
+	virtual int labelPrec() const { return m_labelPrec; }
+
+private:
+	bool		m_visible;			///< Property "visible" defines if Axis is drawn or not.
+	TQString		m_label;			///< The label of the axis.
+	int 		m_labelFieldWidth;	///< Field width for number labels, see TQString::arg().
+	char 		m_labelFmt;			///< Number format for number labels, see TQString::arg().
+	int 		m_labelPrec;		///< Number precision for number labels, see TQString::arg().
+};
+
+#endif // KPLOTAXIS_H
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b5aaf8d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotobject.cpp - A list of points to be plotted
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun 18 May 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include "kplotobject.h"
+
+KPlotObject::KPlotObject() {
+	KPlotObject( "", "white", POINTS );
+}
+
+KPlotObject::KPlotObject( const TQString &n, const TQString &c, PTYPE t, unsigned int s, unsigned int p ) {
+	//We use the set functions because they may include data validation
+	setName( n );
+	setColor( c );
+	setType( t );
+	setSize( s );
+	setParam( p );
+
+	pList.setAutoDelete( true );
+}
+
+KPlotObject::~KPlotObject()
+{
+}
+
+void KPlotObject::removePoint( unsigned int index ) {
+	if ( index > pList.count() - 1 ) {
+		kdWarning() << "Ignoring attempt to remove non-existent plot object" << endl;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	pList.remove( index );
+}
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1074cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotobject.h - A list of points to be plotted
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun 18 May 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef KPLOTOBJECT_H
+#define KPLOTOBJECT_H
+
+
+class TQString;
+class TQPainter;
+
+#include <kdemacros.h>
+
+/**class DRect
+	*@short equivalent of TQRect with double x,y coordinates
+	*@author Jason Harris
+	*@version 1.0
+	*/
+class KDE_EXPORT DRect {
+public:
+	DRect() { DRect( 0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0 ); }
+	DRect( double x, double y, double w, double h ) { X = x; Y = y; W = w; H = h; }
+	~DRect() {}
+
+	double x() const { return X; }
+	double y() const { return Y; }
+	double x2() const { return X + W; }
+	double y2() const { return Y + H; }
+	double width() const { return W; }
+	double height() const { return H; }
+
+	void setX( double x ) { X = x; }
+	void setY( double y ) { Y = y; }
+	void setWidth( double w ) { W = w; }
+	void setHeight( double h ) { H = h; }
+
+private:
+	double X,Y,W,H;
+};
+
+/**class DPoint
+	*@short equivalent of TQPoint with double x,y coordinates
+	*@author Jason Harris
+	*@version 1.0
+	*/
+class KDE_EXPORT DPoint {
+public:
+	DPoint() { DPoint( 0.0, 0.0 ); }
+	DPoint( double x, double y ) { setX( x ); setY( y ); }
+	~DPoint() {}
+
+	double x() const { return X; }
+	double y() const { return Y; }
+
+	TQPoint qpoint( TQRect pb, DRect db ) {
+		int px = pb.left() + int( pb.width()*( x() -  db.x() )/db.width() );
+		int py = pb.top() + int( pb.height()*( db.y2() - y() )/db.height() );
+		return TQPoint( px, py );
+	}
+
+	void setX( double x ) { X = x; }
+	void setY( double y ) { Y = y; }
+
+private:
+	double X, Y;
+};
+
+/**@class KPlotObject
+	*@short Encapsulates an object to be plotted in a KPlotWidget.
+	*@author Jason Harris
+	*@version 1.0
+	*Each KPlotObject consists of a list of TQPoints, an object type, a color, a size,
+	*and a TQString name.  An additional integer (param) specifies something further
+	*about the object's appearance, depending on its type.  There is a draw function
+	*for plotting the object on a KPlotWidget's TQPainter.
+	*/
+class KDE_EXPORT KPlotObject{
+public:
+/**@enum PTYPE
+	*The Type classification of the KPlotObject
+	*/
+	enum PTYPE { POINTS=0, CURVE=1, LABEL=2, POLYGON=3, UNKNOWN_TYPE };
+
+/**@enum PPARAM
+	*Parameter specifying the kind of points
+	*/
+	enum PPARAM { DOT=0, CIRCLE=1, SQUARE=2, LETTER=3, UNKNOWN_POINT };
+
+/**@enum CPARAM
+	*Parameter specifying the kind of line.  These are numerically equal to
+	*the TQt::PenStyle enum values.
+	*/
+	enum CPARAM { NO_LINE=0, SOLID=1, DASHED=2, DOTTED=3, DASHDOTTED=4, DASHDOTDOTTED=5, UNKNOWN_CURVE };
+
+/**Default constructor.  Create a POINTS-type object with an empty list of points.
+	*/
+	KPlotObject();
+
+/**Constructor.  Create a KPlotObject according to the arguments.
+	*/
+	KPlotObject( const TQString &name, const TQString &color, PTYPE otype, unsigned int size=2, unsigned int param=0 );
+
+/**Destructor (empty)
+	*/
+	~KPlotObject();
+
+/**@return the KPlotObject's Name
+	*/
+	TQString name() const { return Name; }
+
+/**@short set the KPlotObject's Name
+	*@param n the new name
+	*/
+	void setName( const TQString &n ) { Name = n; }
+
+/**@return the KPlotObject's Color
+	*/
+	TQString color() const { return Color; }
+
+/**@short set the KPlotObject's Color
+	*@param c the new color
+	*/
+	void setColor( const TQString &c ) { Color = c; }
+
+/**@return the KPlotObject's Type
+	*/
+	PTYPE type() const { return Type; }
+
+/**@short set the KPlotObject's Type
+	*@param t the new type
+	*/
+	void setType( PTYPE t ) { Type = t; }
+
+/**@return the KPlotObject's Size
+	*/
+	unsigned int size() const { return Size; }
+
+/**@short set the KPlotObject's Size
+	*@param s the new size
+	*/
+	void setSize( unsigned int s ) { Size = s; }
+
+/**@return the KPlotObject's type-specific Parameter
+	*Parameter is an unsigned int because it can either be a PPARAM or a CPARAM enum.
+	*/
+	unsigned int param() const { return Parameter; }
+
+/**@short set the KPlotObject's type-specific Parameter
+	*@param p the new parameter
+	*Parameter is an unsigned int because it can either be a PPARAM or a CPARAM enum.
+	*/
+	void setParam( unsigned int p ) { Parameter = p; }
+
+/**@return a pointer to the DPoint at position i
+	*@param i the index of the desired point.
+	*/
+	DPoint* point( unsigned int i ) { return pList.at(i); }
+
+	TQPtrList<DPoint>* points() { return &pList; }
+
+/**@short Add a point to the object's list.
+	*@param p the DPoint to add.
+	*/
+	void addPoint( const DPoint &p ) { pList.append( new DPoint( p.x(), p.y() ) ); }
+
+/**@short Add a point to the object's list.  This is an overloaded function,
+	*provided for convenience.  It behaves essentially like the above function.
+	*@param p pointer to the DPoint to add.
+	*/
+	void addPoint( DPoint *p ) { pList.append( p ); }
+
+/**@short remove the TQPoint at position index from the list of points
+	*@param index the index of the point to be removed.
+	*/
+	void removePoint( unsigned int index );
+
+/**@return the number of TQPoints currently in the list
+	*/
+	unsigned int count() const { return pList.count(); }
+
+/**@short clear the Object's points list
+	*/
+	void clearPoints() { pList.clear(); }
+
+private:
+	TQPtrList<DPoint> pList;
+	PTYPE Type;
+	unsigned int Size, Parameter;
+	TQString Color, Name;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f13de6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotwidget.cpp - A widget for plotting in KStars
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun 18 May 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include <math.h> //for log10(), pow(), modf()
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <tqpainter.h>
+#include <tqpixmap.h>
+
+#include "kplotwidget.h"
+#include "kplotwidget.moc"
+
+KPlotWidget::KPlotWidget( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2, TQWidget *parent, const char* name )
+ : TQWidget( parent, name, WNoAutoErase ),
+   dXtick(0.0), dYtick(0.0),
+   nmajX(0), nminX(0), nmajY(0), nminY(0),
+   ShowTickMarks( true ), ShowTickLabels( true ), ShowGrid( false )
+ {
+	setBackgroundMode( TQWidget::NoBackground );
+
+	//set DataRect
+	setLimits( x1, x2, y1, y2 );
+	setDefaultPadding();
+
+	//Set PixRect (starts at (0,0) because we will translate by leftPadding(), topPadding() )
+	PixRect = TQRect( 0, 0, width() - leftPadding() - rightPadding(),
+	                       height() - topPadding() - bottomPadding() );
+
+	buffer = new TQPixmap();
+
+	//default colors:
+	setBGColor( TQColor( "black" ) );
+	setFGColor( TQColor( "white" ) );
+	setGridColor( TQColor( "grey" ) );
+
+	ObjectList.setAutoDelete( true );
+}
+
+KPlotWidget::~KPlotWidget()
+{
+	delete (buffer);
+}
+
+void KPlotWidget::setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 ) {
+	double XA1, XA2, YA1, YA2;
+	if (x2<x1) { XA1=x2; XA2=x1; }
+	else { XA1=x1; XA2=x2; }
+	if ( y2<y1) { YA1=y2; YA2=y1; }
+	else { YA1=y1; YA2=y2; }
+
+	DataRect = DRect( XA1, YA1, XA2-XA1, YA2-YA1 );
+	updateTickmarks();
+}
+
+void KPlotWidget::updateTickmarks() {
+	// Determine the number and spacing of tickmarks for the current plot limits.
+	if ( dataWidth() == 0.0 ) {
+		kdWarning() << "X range invalid! " << x() << " to " << x2() << endl;
+		DataRect.setWidth( 1.0 );
+		return;
+	}
+	if ( dataHeight() == 0.0 ) {
+		kdWarning() << "Y range invalid! " << y() << " to " << y2() << endl;
+		DataRect.setHeight( 1.0 );
+		return;
+	}
+
+	int nmajor(0), nminor(0);
+	double z(0.0), z2(0.0);
+	double Range(0.0), s(0.0), t(0.0), pwr(0.0), dTick(0.0);
+
+	//loop over X and Y axes...the z variables substitute for either X or Y
+	for ( unsigned int iaxis=0; iaxis<2; ++iaxis ) {
+		if ( iaxis == 1 ) {
+			z = x(); z2 = x2();
+		} else {
+			z = y(); z2 = y2();
+		}
+
+		//determine size of region to be drawn, in draw units
+		Range = z2 - z;
+
+		//s is the power-of-ten factor of Range:
+		//Range = t * s; s = 10^(pwr).  e.g., Range=350.0 then t=3.5, s = 100.0; pwr = 2.0
+		modf( log10(Range), &pwr );
+		s = pow( 10.0, pwr );
+		t = Range/s;
+
+		//adjust s and t such that t is between 3 and 5:
+		if ( t < 3.0 ) { t *= 10.0; s /= 10.0; } //t now btwn 3 and 30
+		if ( t < 6.0 ) { //accept current values
+			dTick = s;
+			nmajor = int(t);
+			nminor = 5;
+		} else if ( t < 10.0 ) { //factor of 2
+			dTick = s*2.0;
+			nmajor = int(t/2.0);
+			nminor = 4;
+		} else if ( t < 20.0 ) { //factor of 4
+			dTick = s*4.0;
+			nmajor = int(t/4.0);
+			nminor = 4;
+		} else { //factor of 5
+			dTick = s*5.0;
+			nmajor = int(t/5.0);
+			nminor = 5;
+		}
+
+		if ( iaxis==1 ) { //X axis
+			nmajX = nmajor;
+			nminX = nminor;
+			dXtick = dTick;
+		} else { //Y axis
+			nmajY = nmajor;
+			nminY = nminor;
+			dYtick = dTick;
+		}
+	} //end for iaxis
+}
+
+void KPlotWidget::resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* /* e */ ) {
+	int newWidth = width() - leftPadding() - rightPadding();
+	int newHeight = height() - topPadding() - bottomPadding();
+	PixRect = TQRect( 0, 0, newWidth, newHeight );
+
+	buffer->resize( width(), height() );
+}
+
+void KPlotWidget::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ ) {
+	TQPainter p;
+
+	p.begin( buffer );
+	p.fillRect( 0, 0, width(), height(), bgColor() );
+	p.translate( leftPadding(), topPadding() );
+
+	drawObjects( &p );
+	drawBox( &p );
+
+	p.end();
+	bitBlt( this, 0, 0, buffer );
+}
+
+void KPlotWidget::drawObjects( TQPainter *p ) {
+	for ( KPlotObject *po = ObjectList.first(); po; po = ObjectList.next() ) {
+
+		if ( po->points()->count() ) {
+			//draw the plot object
+			p->setPen( TQColor( po->color() ) );
+
+			switch ( po->type() ) {
+				case KPlotObject::POINTS :
+				{
+					p->setBrush( TQColor( po->color() ) );
+
+					for ( DPoint *dp = po->points()->first(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() ) {
+						TQPoint q = dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect );
+						int x1 = q.x() - po->size()/2;
+						int y1 = q.y() - po->size()/2;
+
+						switch( po->param() ) {
+							case KPlotObject::CIRCLE : p->drawEllipse( x1, y1, po->size(), po->size() ); break;
+							case KPlotObject::SQUARE : p->drawRect( x1, y1, po->size(), po->size() ); break;
+							case KPlotObject::LETTER : p->drawText( q, po->name().left(1) ); break;
+							default: p->drawPoint( q );
+						}
+					}
+
+					p->setBrush( TQt::NoBrush );
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case KPlotObject::CURVE :
+				{
+					p->setPen( TQPen( TQColor( po->color() ), po->size(), (TQPen::PenStyle)po->param() ) );
+					DPoint *dp = po->points()->first();
+					p->moveTo( dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) );
+					for ( dp = po->points()->next(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() )
+						p->lineTo( dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) );
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case KPlotObject::LABEL : //draw label centered at point in x, and slightly below point in y.
+				{
+					TQPoint q = po->points()->first()->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect );
+					p->drawText( q.x()-20, q.y()+6, 40, 10, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, po->name() );
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case KPlotObject::POLYGON :
+				{
+					p->setPen( TQPen( TQColor( po->color() ), po->size(), (TQPen::PenStyle)po->param() ) );
+					p->setBrush( TQColor( po->color() ) );
+
+					TQPointArray a( po->count() );
+
+					unsigned int i=0;
+					for ( DPoint *dp = po->points()->first(); dp; dp = po->points()->next() )
+						a.setPoint( i++, dp->qpoint( PixRect, DataRect ) );
+
+					p->drawPolygon( a );
+					break;
+				}
+
+				case KPlotObject::UNKNOWN_TYPE : break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+double KPlotWidget::dmod( double a, double b ) { return ( b * ( ( a / b ) - int( a / b ) ) ); }
+
+void KPlotWidget::drawBox( TQPainter *p ) {
+	//First, fill in padding region with bgColor() to mask out-of-bounds plot data
+	p->setPen( bgColor() );
+	p->setBrush( bgColor() );
+
+	//left padding ( don't forget: we have translated by XPADDING, YPADDING )
+	p->drawRect( -leftPadding(), -topPadding(), leftPadding(), height() );
+
+	//right padding
+	p->drawRect( PixRect.width(), -topPadding(), rightPadding(), height() );
+
+	//top padding
+	p->drawRect( 0, -topPadding(), PixRect.width(), topPadding() );
+
+	//bottom padding
+	p->drawRect( 0, PixRect.height(), PixRect.width(), bottomPadding() );
+
+	if ( ShowGrid ) {
+		//Grid lines are placed at locations of primary axes' major tickmarks
+		p->setPen( gridColor() );
+
+		//vertical grid lines
+		double x0 = x() - dmod( x(), dXtick ); //zeropoint; x(i) is this plus i*dXtick1
+		for ( int ix = 0; ix <= nmajX+1; ix++ ) {
+			int px = int( PixRect.width() * ( (x0 + ix*dXtick - x())/dataWidth() ) );
+			p->drawLine( px, 0, px, PixRect.height() );
+		}
+
+		//horizontal grid lines
+		double y0 = y() - dmod( y(), dYtick ); //zeropoint; y(i) is this plus i*mX
+		for ( int iy = 0; iy <= nmajY+1; iy++ ) {
+			int py = PixRect.height() - int( PixRect.height() * ( (y0 + iy*dYtick - y())/dataHeight() ) );
+			p->drawLine( 0, py, PixRect.width(), py );
+		}
+	}
+
+	p->setPen( fgColor() );
+	p->setBrush( TQt::NoBrush );
+
+	if (BottomAxis.isVisible() || LeftAxis.isVisible())  p->drawRect( PixRect ); //box outline
+
+	if ( ShowTickMarks ) {
+		//spacing between minor tickmarks (in data units)
+		double dminX = dXtick/nminX;
+		double dminY = dYtick/nminY;
+
+		//set small font for tick labels
+		TQFont f = p->font();
+		int s = f.pointSize();
+		f.setPointSize( s - 2 );
+		p->setFont( f );
+
+		//--- Draw bottom X Axis ---//
+		if (BottomAxis.isVisible()) {
+			// Draw X tickmarks
+			double x0 = x() - dmod( x(), dXtick ); //zeropoint; tickmark i is this plus i*dXtick (in data units)
+			if ( x() < 0.0 ) x0 -= dXtick;
+		
+			for ( int ix = 0; ix <= nmajX+1; ix++ ) {
+				//position of tickmark i (in screen units)
+				int px = int( PixRect.width() * ( (x0 + ix*dXtick - x() )/dataWidth() ) );
+		
+				if ( px > 0 && px < PixRect.width() ) {
+					p->drawLine( px, PixRect.height() - 2, px, PixRect.height() - BIGTICKSIZE - 2 );
+					p->drawLine( px, 0, px, BIGTICKSIZE );
+				}
+		
+				//tick label
+				if ( ShowTickLabels ) {
+					double lab = x0 + ix*dXtick;
+					if ( fabs(lab)/dXtick < 0.00001 ) lab = 0.0; //fix occassional roundoff error with "0.0" label
+		
+					TQString str = TQString( "%1" ).tqarg( lab, BottomAxis.labelFieldWidth(), BottomAxis.labelFmt(), BottomAxis.labelPrec() );
+					if ( px > 0 && px < PixRect.width() ) {
+						TQRect r( px - BIGTICKSIZE, PixRect.height()+BIGTICKSIZE, 2*BIGTICKSIZE, BIGTICKSIZE );
+						p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, str );
+					}
+				}
+		
+				//draw minor ticks
+				for ( int j=0; j < nminX; j++ ) {
+					//position of minor tickmark j (in screen units)
+					int pmin = int( px + PixRect.width()*j*dminX/dataWidth() );
+		
+					if ( pmin > 0 && pmin < PixRect.width() ) {
+						p->drawLine( pmin, PixRect.height() - 2, pmin, PixRect.height() - SMALLTICKSIZE - 2 );
+						p->drawLine( pmin, 0, pmin, SMALLTICKSIZE );
+					}
+				}
+			} // end draw X tickmarks
+
+			// Draw X Axis Label
+			if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() ) {
+				TQRect r( 0, PixRect.height() + 2*YPADDING, PixRect.width(), YPADDING );
+				p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter, BottomAxis.label() );
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		//--- Draw left Y Axis ---//
+		if (LeftAxis.isVisible()) {
+			// Draw Y tickmarks
+			double y0 = y() - dmod( y(), dYtick ); //zeropoint; tickmark i is this plus i*dYtick1 (in data units)
+			if ( y() < 0.0 ) y0 -= dYtick;
+	
+			for ( int iy = 0; iy <= nmajY+1; iy++ ) {
+				//position of tickmark i (in screen units)
+				int py = PixRect.height() - int( PixRect.height() * ( (y0 + iy*dYtick - y())/dataHeight() ) );
+				if ( py > 0 && py < PixRect.height() ) {
+					p->drawLine( 0, py, BIGTICKSIZE, py );
+					p->drawLine( PixRect.width()-2, py, PixRect.width()-BIGTICKSIZE-2, py );
+				}
+	
+				//tick label
+				if ( ShowTickLabels ) {
+					double lab = y0 + iy*dYtick;
+					if ( fabs(lab)/dYtick < 0.00001 ) lab = 0.0; //fix occassional roundoff error with "0.0" label
+	
+					TQString str = TQString( "%1" ).tqarg( lab, LeftAxis.labelFieldWidth(), LeftAxis.labelFmt(), LeftAxis.labelPrec() );
+					if ( py > 0 && py < PixRect.height() ) {
+						TQRect r( -2*BIGTICKSIZE, py-SMALLTICKSIZE, 2*BIGTICKSIZE, 2*SMALLTICKSIZE );
+						p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter | TQt::DontClip, str );
+					}
+				}
+	
+				//minor ticks
+				for ( int j=0; j < nminY; j++ ) {
+					//position of minor tickmark j (in screen units)
+					int pmin = int( py - PixRect.height()*j*dminY/dataHeight() );
+					if ( pmin > 0 && pmin < PixRect.height() ) {
+						p->drawLine( 0, pmin, SMALLTICKSIZE, pmin );
+						p->drawLine( PixRect.width()-2, pmin, PixRect.width()-SMALLTICKSIZE-2, pmin );
+					}
+				}
+			} // end draw Y tickmarks
+
+			//Draw Y Axis Label.  We need to draw the text sideways.
+			if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() ) {
+				//store current painter translation/rotation state
+				p->save();
+		
+				//translate coord sys to left corner of axis label rectangle, then rotate 90 degrees.
+				p->translate( -3*XPADDING, PixRect.height() );
+				p->rotate( -90.0 );
+		
+				TQRect r( 0, 0, PixRect.height(), XPADDING );
+				p->drawText( r, TQt::AlignCenter, LeftAxis.label() ); //draw the label, now that we are sideways
+		
+				p->restore();  //restore translation/rotation state
+			}
+		}
+
+	} //end if ( ShowTickMarks )
+
+
+}
+
+int KPlotWidget::leftPadding() const {
+	if ( LeftPadding >= 0 ) return LeftPadding;
+	if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() && ShowTickLabels ) return 3*XPADDING;
+	if ( ! LeftAxis.label().isEmpty() || ShowTickLabels ) return 2*XPADDING;
+	return XPADDING;
+}
+
+int KPlotWidget::rightPadding() const {
+	if ( RightPadding >= 0 ) return RightPadding;
+	return XPADDING;
+}
+
+int KPlotWidget::topPadding() const {
+	if ( TopPadding >= 0 ) return TopPadding;
+	return YPADDING;
+}
+
+int KPlotWidget::bottomPadding() const {
+	if ( BottomPadding >= 0 ) return BottomPadding;
+	if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() && ShowTickLabels ) return 3*YPADDING;
+	if ( ! BottomAxis.label().isEmpty() || ShowTickLabels ) return 2*YPADDING;
+	return YPADDING;
+}
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c886bbaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduplot/kplotwidget.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+                          kplotwidget.h - A generic data-plotting widget
+                             -------------------
+    begin                : Sun 18 May 2003
+    copyright            : (C) 2003 by Jason Harris
+    email                : kstars@30doradus.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _KPLOTWIDGET_H_
+#define _KPLOTWIDGET_H_
+
+#include <tqwidget.h>
+#include "kplotobject.h"
+#include "kplotaxis.h"
+
+#define BIGTICKSIZE 10
+#define SMALLTICKSIZE 4
+#define XPADDING 20
+#define YPADDING 20
+
+class TQColor;
+class TQPixmap;
+
+/**@class KPlotWidget
+	*@short Genric data plotting widget.
+	*@author Jason Harris
+	*@version 1.1
+	*Widget for drawing plots.  Includes adjustable axes (KPlotAxis) with
+ 	*tickmarks and labels and a list of KPlotObjects to be drawn.
+	*/
+
+class KDE_EXPORT KPlotWidget : public TQWidget {
+	Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+public:
+	/**@short Constructor.  Sets the primary x and y limits in data units.
+		*@param x1 the minimum X value in data units
+		*@param x2 the maximum X value in data units
+		*@param y1 the minimum Y value in data units
+		*@param y2 the maximum Y value in data units
+		*@param parent the parent widget
+		*@param name name label for the KPlotWidget
+		*/
+	KPlotWidget( double x1=0.0, double x2=1.0, double y1=0.0, double y2=1.0, TQWidget *parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+
+	/**Destructor (empty)
+		*/
+	virtual ~KPlotWidget();
+
+	/**@short Determine the placement of major and minor tickmarks,
+		*based on the current Limit settings
+		*/
+	virtual void updateTickmarks();
+
+	/**@short Reset the data limits.
+		*@param x1 the minimum X value in data units
+		*@param x2 the maximum X value in data units
+		*@param y1 the minimum Y value in data units
+		*@param y2 the maximum Y value in data units
+		*/
+	virtual void setLimits( double x1, double x2, double y1, double y2 );
+
+	/**@return the minimum X value in data units*/
+	virtual double x() const { return DataRect.x(); }
+
+	/**@return the maximum X value in data units*/
+	virtual double x2() const { return DataRect.x2(); }
+
+	/**@return the minimum Y value in data units*/
+	virtual double y() const { return DataRect.y(); }
+
+	/**@return the maximum Y value in data units*/
+	virtual double y2() const { return DataRect.y2(); }
+
+	/**@return the width in data units*/
+	virtual double dataWidth() const { return DataRect.width(); }
+
+	/**@return the height in data units*/
+	virtual double dataHeight() const { return DataRect.height(); }
+
+	/**@short Add an item to the list of KPlotObjects to be plotted.
+		*@param o pointer to the KPlotObject to be added
+		*/
+	virtual void addObject( KPlotObject *o ) { ObjectList.append( o ); }
+
+	/**@short Remove all items from the list of KPlotObjects
+		*/
+	virtual void clearObjectList() { ObjectList.clear(); update(); }
+
+	/**@short replace an item in the KPlotObject list.
+		*@param i the index of th item to be replaced
+		*@param o pointer to the replacement KPlotObject
+		*/
+	virtual void replaceObject( int i, KPlotObject *o ) { ObjectList.replace( i, o ); }
+
+	/**@return the number of KPlotObjects in the list
+		*/
+	virtual int objectCount() const { return ObjectList.count(); }
+
+	/**@return a pointer to a specific KPlotObject in the list
+	 *@param i the index of the desired KPlotObject
+	 */
+	virtual KPlotObject *object( int i ) { return ObjectList.at(i); }
+
+	/**@return the background color */
+	virtual TQColor bgColor() const { return cBackground; }
+
+	/**@return the foreground color */
+	virtual TQColor fgColor() const { return cForeground; }
+
+	/**@return the grid color */
+	virtual TQColor gridColor() const { return cGrid; }
+
+	/**@short set the background color
+		*@param bg the new background color
+		*/
+	virtual void setBGColor( const TQColor &bg ) { cBackground = bg; setBackgroundColor( bg ); }
+
+	/**@short set the foreground color
+		*@param fg the new foreground color
+		*/
+	virtual void setFGColor( const TQColor &fg ) { cForeground = fg; }
+
+	/**@short set the grid color
+		*@param gc the new grid color
+		*/
+	virtual void setGridColor( const TQColor &gc ) { cGrid = gc; }
+
+	/**@short toggle whether plot axes are drawn.
+		*@param show if true, axes will be drawn.
+		*The axes are just a box outline around the plot.
+		*/
+	virtual void setShowAxes( bool show ) { BottomAxis.setVisible(show); LeftAxis.setVisible(show); }
+	/**@short toggle whether tick marks are drawn along the axes.
+		*@param show if true, tick marks will be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual void setShowTickMarks( bool show ) { ShowTickMarks = show; }
+	/**@short toggle whether tick labels are drawn at major tickmarks.
+		*@param show if true, tick labels will be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual void setShowTickLabels( bool show ) { ShowTickLabels = show; }
+	/**@short toggle whether grid lines are drawn at major tickmarks.
+		*@param show if true, grid lines will be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual void setShowGrid( bool show ) { ShowGrid = show; }
+
+	/**@short (Deprecated) Sets the X-axis label
+		*@param xlabel a short string describing the data plotted on the x-axis.
+		*Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label.
+        *This function is deprecated, set the label property in the BottomAxis directly.
+		*/
+	virtual void setXAxisLabel( TQString xlabel ) { BottomAxis.setLabel(xlabel); }
+	/**@short (Deprecated) Sets the Y-axis label
+		*@param ylabel a short string describing the data plotted on the y-axis.
+		*Set the label to an empty string to omit the axis label.
+        *This function is deprecated, set the label property in the LeftAxis directly.
+		*/
+	virtual void setYAxisLabel( TQString ylabel ) { LeftAxis.setLabel(ylabel); }
+
+	/**@returns the number of pixels to the left of the plot area.  Padding values
+		*are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess
+		*a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual int leftPadding()   const;
+	/**@returns the number of pixels to the right of the plot area.
+		*Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess
+		*a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual int rightPadding()  const;
+	/**@returns the number of pixels above the plot area.
+		*Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess
+		*a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual int topPadding()    const;
+	/**@returns the number of pixels below the plot area.
+		*Padding values are set to -1 by default; if unchanged, this function will try to guess
+		*a good value, based on whether ticklabels and/or axis labels are to be drawn.
+		*/
+	virtual int bottomPadding() const;
+
+	/**@short set the number of pixels to the left of the plot area.
+		*Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values.
+		*/
+	virtual void setLeftPadding( int pad )   { LeftPadding = pad; }
+	/**@short set the number of pixels to the right of the plot area.
+		*Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values.
+		*/
+	virtual void setRightPadding( int pad )  { RightPadding = pad; }
+	/**@short set the number of pixels above the plot area.
+		*Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values.
+		*/
+	virtual void setTopPadding( int pad )    { TopPadding = pad; }
+	/**@short set the number of pixels below the plot area.
+		*Set this to -1 to revert to automatic determination of padding values.
+		*/
+	virtual void setBottomPadding( int pad ) { BottomPadding = pad; }
+
+	/**@short revert all four padding values to be automatically determined. */
+	virtual void setDefaultPadding() { LeftPadding = -1; RightPadding = -1; TopPadding = -1; BottomPadding = -1; }
+
+	/**@short The bottom X axis. */
+	KPlotAxis 	BottomAxis;
+	/**@short The left Y axis. */
+	KPlotAxis 	LeftAxis;
+
+protected:
+	/**@short the paint event handler, executed when update() or tqrepaint() is called.
+		*/
+	virtual void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent* /* e */ );
+
+	/**@short the resize event handler, called when the widget is resized.
+		*/
+	virtual void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent* /* e */ );
+
+	/**@short draws all of the objects onto the widget.  Internal use only; one should simply call update()
+		*to draw the widget with axes and all objects.
+		*@param p pointer to the painter on which we are drawing
+		*/
+	virtual void drawObjects( TQPainter *p );
+
+	/**@short draws the plot axes and axis labels.  Internal use only; one should simply call update()
+		*to draw the widget with axes and all objects.
+		*@param p pointer to the painter on which we are drawing
+		*/
+	virtual void drawBox( TQPainter *p );
+
+	/**@short modulus function for double variables.
+		*For example, dmod( 17.0, 7.0 ) returns 3.0
+		*@return the remainder after dividing b into a.
+		*/
+	double dmod( double a, double b );
+
+	//The distance between major tickmarks in data units
+	double dXtick, dYtick;
+	//The number of major and minor tickmarks to be plotted in X and Y
+	int nmajX, nminX, nmajY, nminY;
+
+	//Limits of the plot area in pixel units
+	TQRect PixRect;
+	//Limits of the plot area in data units
+	DRect DataRect;
+	//List of KPlotObjects
+	TQPtrList<KPlotObject> ObjectList;
+
+	//Colors
+	TQColor cBackground, cForeground, cGrid;
+	//draw options
+	bool ShowTickMarks, ShowTickLabels, ShowGrid;
+	//padding
+	int LeftPadding, RightPadding, TopPadding, BottomPadding;
+
+	TQPixmap *buffer;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9ebedbab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+INCLUDES= $(all_includes)
+SUBDIRS = .  tests
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libtdeeduui.la
+
+libtdeeduui_la_SOURCES = \
+            kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp  kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui tdeeduglossary.cpp
+
+libtdeeduuiincludedir = $(includedir)/libtdeedu
+libtdeeduuiinclude_HEADERS = tdeeduglossary.h
+
+libtdeeduui_la_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries) -no-undefined -version-info 3:5:0
+libtdeeduui_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_TDECORE) $(LIB_KIO) $(LIB_TDEUI) $(LIB_KHTML)
+
+METASOURCES = AUTO
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..89f8412c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include "kedusimpleentrydlg.h"
+
+#include "kedusimpleentrydlg.moc"
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d84fe00c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#ifndef kedusimpleentrydlg_included
+#define kedusimpleentrydlg_included
+
+
+#include "kedusimpleentrydlgForm.h"
+
+class KEduSimpleEntryDlg : public KEduSimpleEntryDlgForm
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+
+ public:
+
+
+
+
+
+};
+
+#endif // kedusimpleentrydlg_included
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..45ab6c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+<!DOCTYPE UI><UI version="3.0" stdsetdef="1">
+<class>KEduSimpleEntryDlgForm</class>
+<widget class="TQDialog">
+    <property name="name">
+        <cstring>Simple_entry_dialog</cstring>
+    </property>
+    <property name="geometry">
+        <rect>
+            <x>0</x>
+            <y>0</y>
+            <width>592</width>
+            <height>480</height>
+        </rect>
+    </property>
+    <property name="caption">
+        <string>Simple Entry Dialog</string>
+    </property>
+    <widget class="TQLineEdit">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>e_original</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>40</x>
+                <y>80</y>
+                <width>511</width>
+                <height>40</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+    <widget class="TQLineEdit">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>e_translation</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>40</x>
+                <y>180</y>
+                <width>511</width>
+                <height>40</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+    <widget class="TQPushButton">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>PushButton1</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>50</x>
+                <y>360</y>
+                <width>91</width>
+                <height>41</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+        <property name="text">
+            <string>&amp;OK</string>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+    <widget class="TQPushButton">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>PushButton1_2</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>460</x>
+                <y>360</y>
+                <width>91</width>
+                <height>41</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+        <property name="text">
+            <string>C&amp;ancel</string>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+    <widget class="TQLabel">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>TextLabel1</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>40</x>
+                <y>50</y>
+                <width>171</width>
+                <height>21</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+        <property name="text">
+            <string>Original:</string>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+    <widget class="TQLabel">
+        <property name="name">
+            <cstring>TextLabel1_2</cstring>
+        </property>
+        <property name="geometry">
+            <rect>
+                <x>40</x>
+                <y>150</y>
+                <width>171</width>
+                <height>21</height>
+            </rect>
+        </property>
+        <property name="text">
+            <string>Translation:</string>
+        </property>
+    </widget>
+</widget>
+<layoutdefaults spacing="6" margin="11"/>
+</UI>
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1e405abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#include "tdeeduglossary.h"
+
+#include <kdebug.h>
+#include <klocale.h>
+#include <kiconloader.h>
+#include <khtml_part.h>
+#include <khtmlview.h>
+#include <kglobal.h>
+#include <klistview.h>
+#include <klistviewsearchline.h>
+#include <kstandarddirs.h>
+#include <kactioncollection.h>
+
+#include <tqfile.h>
+#include <tqlabel.h>
+#include <tqheader.h>
+#include <tqlayout.h>
+#include <tqpushbutton.h>
+#include <tqsplitter.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqtoolbutton.h>
+
+Glossary::Glossary()
+{
+	// setting a generic name for a new glossary
+	m_name = i18n( "Glossary" );
+}
+
+Glossary::~Glossary()
+{
+}
+
+bool Glossary::loadLayout( TQDomDocument &Document, const KURL& url )
+{
+        TQFile layoutFile( url.path() );
+
+        if (!layoutFile.exists())
+	{
+		kdDebug() << "no such file: " << layoutFile.name() << endl;
+		return false;
+	}
+
+        if (!layoutFile.open(IO_ReadOnly))
+                return false;
+
+        ///Check if document is well-formed
+        if (!Document.setContent(&layoutFile))
+        {
+                kdDebug() << "wrong xml" << endl;
+                layoutFile.close();
+                return false;
+        }
+        layoutFile.close();
+
+        return true;
+}
+
+bool Glossary::isEmpty() const
+{
+	return m_itemlist.count() == 0;
+}
+
+
+Glossary* Glossary::readFromXML( const KURL& url, const TQString& path )
+{
+	TQDomDocument doc( "document" );
+
+	Glossary *glossary = new Glossary();
+	
+	glossary->setPicturePath( path );
+
+	if ( glossary->loadLayout( doc, url ) )
+	{
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> itemList;
+		itemList = glossary->readItems( doc );
+		glossary->setItemlist( itemList );
+		glossary->fixImagePath();
+	}
+
+	return glossary;
+}
+
+void Glossary::fixImagePath()
+{
+	kdDebug() << "Glossary::fixImagePath()" << endl;
+	TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator it = m_itemlist.begin();
+	const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator itEnd = m_itemlist.end();
+	TQString path = m_picturepath;
+	TQString firstpart = "<img src=\"";
+	firstpart += path;
+
+	for ( ; it != itEnd ; ++it )
+	{
+		( *it )->setDesc( ( *it )->desc().replace("[img]", firstpart ) );
+		( *it )->setDesc( ( *it )->desc().replace("[/img]", "\" />" ) );
+	}
+}
+	
+TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> Glossary::readItems( TQDomDocument &itemDocument )
+{
+	TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> list;
+
+	TQDomNodeList itemList;
+	TQDomNodeList refNodeList;
+	TQDomElement itemElement;
+	TQStringList reflist;
+
+	itemList = itemDocument.elementsByTagName( "item" );
+
+	const uint num = itemList.count();
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < num; ++i )
+	{
+		reflist.clear();
+		GlossaryItem *item = new GlossaryItem();
+		
+		itemElement = ( const TQDomElement& ) itemList.item( i ).toElement();
+		
+		TQDomNode nameNode = itemElement.namedItem( "name" );
+		TQDomNode descNode = itemElement.namedItem( "desc" );
+		
+		TQString picName = itemElement.namedItem( "picture" ).toElement().text();
+		TQDomElement refNode = ( const TQDomElement& ) itemElement.namedItem( "references" ).toElement();
+
+		TQString desc = i18n( descNode.toElement().text().utf8() );
+		if ( !picName.isEmpty() )
+			desc.prepend("[img]"+picName +"[/img]" );
+
+		item->setName( i18n( nameNode.toElement( ).text().utf8() ) );
+		
+		item->setDesc( desc.replace("[b]", "<b>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/b]", "</b>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[i]", "<i>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/i]", "</i>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[sub]", "<sub>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/sub]", "</sub>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[sup]", "<sup>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[/sup]", "</sup>" ) );
+		item->setDesc( item->desc().replace("[br]", "<br />" ) );
+		
+		refNodeList = refNode.elementsByTagName( "refitem" );
+		for ( uint it = 0; it < refNodeList.count(); it++ )
+		{
+			reflist << i18n( refNodeList.item( it ).toElement().text().utf8() );
+		}
+		reflist.sort();
+		item->setRef( reflist );
+		
+		list.append( item );
+	}
+	
+	return list;
+}
+
+
+
+GlossaryDialog::GlossaryDialog( bool folded, TQWidget *parent, const char *name)
+    : KDialogBase( Plain, i18n( "Glossary" ), Close, NoDefault, parent, name, false )
+{
+	//this string will be used for all items. If a backgroundpicture should
+	//be used call Glossary::setBackgroundPicture().
+	m_htmlbasestring = "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd\"><html><body>" ;
+
+	m_folded = folded;
+	
+	TQVBoxLayout *vbox = new TQVBoxLayout( plainPage(), 0, KDialog::spacingHint() );
+	vbox->activate();
+
+	TQHBoxLayout *hbox = new TQHBoxLayout( 0L, 0, KDialog::spacingHint() );
+	hbox->activate();
+
+	TQToolButton *clear = new TQToolButton( plainPage() );
+	clear->setIconSet( SmallIconSet( "locationbar_erase" ) );
+	hbox->addWidget( clear );
+
+	TQLabel *lbl = new TQLabel( plainPage() );
+	lbl->setText( i18n( "Search:" ) );
+	hbox->addWidget( lbl );
+
+	m_search = new KListViewSearchLine( plainPage(), 0, "search-line" );
+	hbox->addWidget( m_search );
+	vbox->addLayout( hbox );
+	setFocusProxy(m_search);
+ 
+	TQSplitter *vs = new TQSplitter( plainPage() );
+	vbox->addWidget( vs );
+
+	m_glosstree = new KListView( vs, "treeview" );
+	m_glosstree->addColumn( "entries" );
+	m_glosstree->header()->hide();
+	m_glosstree->setFullWidth( true );
+	m_glosstree->setRootIsDecorated( true );
+ 
+	m_search->setListView( m_glosstree );
+ 
+	m_htmlpart = new KHTMLPart( vs, "html-part" );
+ 
+	connect( m_htmlpart->browserExtension(), TQT_SIGNAL( openURLRequestDelayed( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ), this, TQT_SLOT( displayItem( const KURL &, const KParts::URLArgs & ) ) );
+	connect( m_glosstree, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked( TQListViewItem * )), this, TQT_SLOT(slotClicked( TQListViewItem * )));
+	connect( clear, TQT_SIGNAL(clicked()), m_search, TQT_SLOT(clear()));
+ 
+	resize( 600, 400 );
+}
+
+GlossaryDialog::~GlossaryDialog()
+{
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent* e)
+{
+	if (e->key() == TQt::Key_Return) {
+		e->ignore();
+	}
+	KDialogBase::keyPressEvent(e);
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::displayItem( const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs& )
+{
+	// using the "host" part of a kurl as reference
+	TQString myurl = url.host().lower();
+	m_search->setText( "" );
+	m_search->updateSearch( "" );
+	TQListViewItem *found = 0;
+	TQListViewItemIterator it( m_glosstree );
+	TQListViewItem *item;
+	while ( it.current() )
+	{
+		item = it.current();
+		if ( item->text(0).lower() == myurl )
+		{
+			found = item;
+			break;
+		}
+		++it;
+	}
+	if ( found )
+	{
+		m_glosstree->ensureItemVisible( found );
+		m_glosstree->setCurrentItem( found );
+		slotClicked( found );
+	}
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::updateTree()
+{
+	m_glosstree->clear();
+
+	TQValueList<Glossary*>::const_iterator itGl = m_glossaries.begin();
+	const TQValueList<Glossary*>::const_iterator itGlEnd = m_glossaries.end();
+	
+	for ( ; itGl != itGlEnd ; ++itGl )
+	{
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> items = ( *itGl )->itemlist();
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator it = items.begin();
+		const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::iterator itEnd = items.end();
+
+		TQListViewItem *main = new TQListViewItem( m_glosstree, ( *itGl )->name() );
+		main->setExpandable( true );
+		main->setSelectable( false );
+		//XXX TMP!!!
+		bool foldinsubtrees = m_folded;
+
+		for ( ; it != itEnd ; ++it )
+		{
+			if ( foldinsubtrees )
+			{
+				TQChar thisletter = ( *it )->name().upper()[0];
+				TQListViewItem *thisletteritem = findTreeWithLetter( thisletter, main );
+				if ( !thisletteritem )
+				{
+					thisletteritem = new TQListViewItem( main, thisletter );
+					thisletteritem->setExpandable( true );
+					thisletteritem->setSelectable( false );
+				}
+				new TQListViewItem( thisletteritem, ( *it )->name() );
+			}
+			else
+				new TQListViewItem( main, ( *it )->name() );
+		}
+		main->sort();
+	}
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::addGlossary( Glossary* newgloss )
+{
+	if ( !newgloss ) return;
+	if ( newgloss->isEmpty() ) return;
+	m_glossaries.append( newgloss );
+
+	kdDebug() << "Count of the new glossary: " << newgloss->itemlist().count() << endl;
+	kdDebug() << "Number of glossaries: " << m_glossaries.count() << endl;
+
+	updateTree();
+}
+
+TQListViewItem* GlossaryDialog::findTreeWithLetter( const TQChar& l, TQListViewItem* i )
+{
+	TQListViewItem *it = i->firstChild();
+	while ( it )
+	{
+		if ( it->text(0)[0] == l )
+			return it;
+		it = it->nextSibling();
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::slotClicked( TQListViewItem *item )
+{
+	if ( !item )
+		return;
+	
+	/**
+	 * The next lines are searching for the correct KnowledgeItem
+	 * in the m_itemList. When it is found the HTML will be
+	 * generated
+	 */
+	TQValueList<Glossary*>::iterator itGl = m_glossaries.begin();
+	const TQValueList<Glossary*>::iterator itGlEnd = m_glossaries.end();
+	bool found = false;
+	GlossaryItem *i = 0;
+
+	TQString bg_picture;
+	
+	while ( !found && itGl != itGlEnd )
+	{
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> items = ( *itGl )->itemlist();
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::const_iterator it = items.begin();
+		const TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>::const_iterator itEnd = items.end();
+		while ( !found && it != itEnd )
+		{
+			if ( ( *it )->name() == item->text( 0 ) )
+			{
+				i = *it;
+				bg_picture = ( *itGl )->backgroundPicture();
+				found = true;
+			}
+			++it;
+		}
+		++itGl;
+	}
+	if ( found && i )
+	{
+		TQString html;
+		if ( !bg_picture.isEmpty() )
+		{
+			html = "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd\"><html><body background=\"" ;
+			html.append( bg_picture );
+			html.append("\">");
+		}else
+			html = m_htmlbasestring;
+	
+		html += i->toHtml() + "</body></html>";
+		m_htmlpart->begin();
+		m_htmlpart->write( html );
+
+		m_htmlpart->end();
+		return;
+	}
+}
+
+void GlossaryDialog::slotClose()
+{
+	emit closed();
+	accept();
+}
+
+TQString GlossaryItem::toHtml() const
+{
+	TQString code = "<h1>" + m_name + "</h1>" + m_desc;
+
+	if ( !m_ref.isEmpty() )
+	{
+		TQString refcode = parseReferences();
+		code += refcode;
+	}
+	return code;
+}
+
+TQString GlossaryItem::parseReferences() const
+{
+	TQString htmlcode = "<h3>" + i18n( "References" ) + "</h3>";
+	
+	bool first = true;
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < m_ref.size(); i++ )
+	{
+		if ( !first )
+			htmlcode += "<br>";
+		else
+			first = false;
+		htmlcode += TQString( "<a href=\"item://%1\">%2</a>" ).tqarg( m_ref[i], m_ref[i] );
+	}
+
+	return htmlcode;
+}
+
+
+#include "tdeeduglossary.moc"
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e5d29ba0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduglossary.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+#ifndef KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H
+#define KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H
+/***************************************************************************
+
+    copyright            : (C) 2005 by Carsten Niehaus
+    email                : cniehaus@kde.org
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify  *
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by  *
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or     *
+ *   (at your option) any later version.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <khtml_part.h>
+#include <kdialogbase.h>
+
+class TQChar;
+class TQDomDocument;
+class TQListViewItem;
+class KListView;
+class KListViewSearchLine;
+class KActionCollection;
+class GlossaryItem;
+
+/**
+ * @class Glossary
+ * @author Carsten Niehaus
+ *
+ * This class stores all items to be displayed. It also
+ * has access-methods to the items
+ */
+class Glossary
+{
+	public:
+		Glossary();
+		virtual ~Glossary();
+
+		/**
+		 * add the item @p item to the glossary
+		 */
+		void addItem( GlossaryItem* item ){
+			m_itemlist.append( item );
+		}
+
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> itemlist()const{
+			return m_itemlist;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * clear the Glossary
+		 */
+		void clear(){
+			m_itemlist.clear();
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * does this glossary have items?
+		 */
+		bool isEmpty() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * Every glossary can have a name. It will be
+		 * set to @p name
+		 */
+		void setName( const TQString& name ){
+			m_name = name;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * @returns the name of the glossary
+		 */
+		TQString name()const{
+			return m_name;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * sets the internal list of items to @p list
+		 */
+		void setItemlist( TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> list ){
+			m_itemlist = list;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * Read a glossary from an XML file.
+		 *
+		 * @param url The path of the file to load
+		 * @param path The path of the pictures. Will be used as m_picturepath
+		 *
+		 * @return a pointer to the loaded glossary. Even in case of
+		 *         error, this won't return 0 but an empty Glossary.
+		 */
+		static Glossary* readFromXML( const KURL& url, const TQString& path = 0 );
+
+		/**
+		 * Every glossaryitem can show pictures. [img src="foo.png]
+		 * will look for the file foo.png in the path defined be
+		 * @p path
+		 */
+		void setPicturePath( const TQString& path ){
+			m_picturepath = path;
+		}
+
+		TQString picturePath()const{
+			return m_picturepath;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * defines which picture to use as the background
+		 * of the htmlview. The dialog
+		 * will use the file specifiec by the @p filename
+		 */
+		void setBackgroundPicture( const TQString& filename ){
+			m_backgroundpicture = filename;
+		}
+
+		/**
+		 * @return the picuture used as the background in 
+		 * this background
+		 */
+		TQString backgroundPicture()const{
+			return m_backgroundpicture;
+		}
+	
+	private:
+		/**
+		 * This methods parses the given xml-code. It will extract
+		 * the information of the items and return them as a
+		 * TQValueList<GlossaryItem*>
+		 */
+		virtual TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> readItems( TQDomDocument &itemDocument );
+		
+		TQString m_backgroundpicture;
+
+		/**
+		 * replaces the [img]-pseudocode with valid html. The path where
+		 * the pictures are stored will be used for pictures
+		 */
+		void fixImagePath();
+
+		/**
+		 * the path in which pictures of the glossary will be searched
+		 */
+		TQString m_picturepath;
+		
+		/**
+		 * Load the tqlayout from an XML file.
+		 *
+		 * @param doc The TQDomDocument which will contain the read XML
+		 *            contents.
+		 * @param url The path of the file to load
+		 *
+		 * @return a bool indicating whether the loading of the XML was
+		 *         successfull or not
+		 */
+		bool loadLayout( TQDomDocument& doc, const KURL& url );
+	
+		TQValueList<GlossaryItem*> m_itemlist;
+		
+		/**
+		 * the name of the glossary
+		 */
+		TQString m_name;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class GlossaryItem
+ * @author Carsten Niehaus
+ *
+ * A GlossaryItem stores the information of the content of
+ * the item and its name. Furthermore, every item can have 
+ * a number of pictures or references associated to it.
+ * These are stored as TQStringLists.
+ */
+class GlossaryItem
+{
+	public:
+		GlossaryItem(){}
+		~GlossaryItem(){}
+
+		void setName( const TQString& s ){
+			m_name = s;
+		}
+
+		void setDesc( const TQString& s){
+			m_desc = s;
+		}
+
+		void setRef( const TQStringList& s){
+			m_ref = s;
+		}
+	
+		void setPictures( const TQString& s ){
+			m_pic = s;
+		}
+
+		TQString name() const {
+			return m_name;
+		}
+		
+		TQString desc() const {
+			return m_desc;
+		}
+		
+		TQStringList ref() const {
+			return m_ref;
+		}
+		
+		TQStringList pictures() const {
+			return m_pic;
+		}
+		
+		/**
+		 * @return the formated HTML code for current item.
+		 **/
+		TQString toHtml() const;
+
+		/**
+		 * This method parses the references.
+		 * @return the HTML code with the references as HTML links
+		 */
+		TQString parseReferences() const;
+
+	private:
+		TQString m_name;
+		TQString m_desc;
+		TQStringList m_ref;
+		TQStringList m_pic;
+};
+
+/**
+ * @class GlossaryDialog
+ * @author Pino Toscano
+ * @author Carsten Niehaus
+ */
+class GlossaryDialog : public KDialogBase
+{
+	Q_OBJECT
+  TQ_OBJECT
+
+	public:
+		GlossaryDialog( bool folded = true, TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
+		~GlossaryDialog();
+
+		void keyPressEvent(TQKeyEvent*);
+
+		/**
+		 * add a new glossary
+		 *
+		 * @param newgloss the new glossary to add
+		 */
+		void addGlossary( Glossary* newgloss );
+
+	private:
+		TQValueList<Glossary*> m_glossaries;
+
+		/**
+		 * if true the items will be displayed folded
+		 */
+		bool m_folded;
+
+		void updateTree();
+
+		KHTMLPart *m_htmlpart;
+		KListView *m_glosstree;
+		TQString m_htmlbasestring;
+
+		KActionCollection* m_actionCollection;
+
+		TQListViewItem* findTreeWithLetter( const TQChar&, TQListViewItem* );
+
+		KListViewSearchLine *m_search;
+
+	private slots:
+		void slotClicked( TQListViewItem * );
+		/**
+		 * The user clicked on a href. Emit the corresponding item
+		 */
+		void displayItem( const KURL& url, const KParts::URLArgs& args );
+
+	protected slots:
+		virtual void slotClose();
+	
+	signals:
+		void closed();
+};
+
+#endif // KDEEDUGLOSSARY_H
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1fa59784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tdeeduui.kdevprj
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+[./Makefile.am]
+files=./tdeeduui.kdevprj,
+sub_dirs=
+type=normal
+
+[./tdeeduui.kdevprj]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=DATA
+
+[Config for BinMakefileAm]
+addcxxflags=
+bin_program=tdeeduui
+cflags=
+cppflags=
+cxxflags=\s-O0
+ldadd=
+ldflags=\s \s
+libtool_dir=
+path_to_bin_program=.
+
+[General]
+author=earnold
+configure_args=\s--build=i386-linux --host=i386-linux --target=i386-linux\s
+dir_where_make_will_be_called=\s
+email=earnold@venus
+kdevprj_version=1.3
+lfv_open_groups=Others
+make_options=\s-j1 all\s
+makefiles=./Makefile.am,Makefile.am,tests/Makefile.am
+modifyMakefiles=false
+project_name=tdeeduui
+project_type=normal_empty
+short_info=
+sub_dir=
+version=1.0
+version_control=CVS
+workspace=1
+
+[LFV Groups]
+GNU=AUTHORS,COPYING,ChangeLog,INSTALL,README,TODO,NEWS,
+Headers=*.h,*.hxx,*.hpp,*.H,
+Others=*,
+Sources=*.cpp,*.c,*.cc,*.C,*.cxx,*.ec,*.ecpp,*.lxx,*.l++,*.ll,*.l,
+Translations=*.ts,*.po,
+User Interface=*.ui,*.kdevdlg,*.rc,
+groups=Headers,Sources,GNU,Translations,User Interface,Others
+
+[Makefile.am]
+dist=true
+files=Makefile.am,kedusimpleentrydlg.h,kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui,kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp
+install=false
+install_location=
+sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0
+sharedlib_rootname=.
+sub_dirs=tests
+type=static_library
+
+[kedusimpleentrydlg.cpp]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=SOURCE
+
+[kedusimpleentrydlg.h]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=HEADER
+
+[kedusimpleentrydlgForm.ui]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=SOURCE
+
+[tests/Makefile.am]
+dist=true
+files=tests/entrydialogs.cpp,tests/Makefile.am
+install=false
+install_location=
+sharedlib_LDFLAGS=-version-info 0:0:0
+sharedlib_rootname=tests
+sub_dirs=
+type=DATA
+
+[tests/entrydialogs.cpp]
+dist=true
+install=false
+install_location=
+type=SOURCE
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6fcb251b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+SUBDIRS = .
+INCLUDES = -I.  -I$(top_srcdir)/tdeeduui $(all_includes)
+
+check_PROGRAMS = entrydialogs
+
+#all: check
+
+entrydialogs_SOURCES         = entrydialogs.cpp
+entrydialogs_LDADD = ../libtdeeduui.la
+entrydialogs_LDFLAGS = $(all_libraries)
+
diff --git a/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..781b32e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libtdeedu/tdeeduui/tests/entrydialogs.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+
+int main()
+{
+
+ return 0;
+}
\ No newline at end of file